Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Commercial Fishing Operations; Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan Regulations, 35894-35944 [05-11847]
Download as PDF
35894
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Parts 229, 635, and 648
[Docket No. 050127019–5019–01; I.D.
120304D]
RIN 0648–AS01
Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental
to Commercial Fishing Operations;
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Plan Regulations
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
comments.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: The National Marine
Fisheries Service (NMFS) proposes to
amend the regulations implementing the
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Plan (ALWTRP), to revise the
management measures for reducing the
incidental mortality and serious injury
to the North Atlantic right whale
(Eubalaena glacialis), humpback whale
(Megaptera novaeangliae), and fin
whale (Balaenoptera physalus) in
commercial fisheries to meet the goals
of the Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA) and the Endangered Species
Act (ESA). NMFS proposes additional
regulations for the fisheries currently
covered by the ALWTRP, which include
the Northeast sink gillnet, Northeast/
Mid-Atlantic American lobster trap/pot,
U.S. Mid-Atlantic coastal gillnet,
Southeast Atlantic gillnet, and
Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fisheries. NMFS also proposes to
regulate the following fisheries from the
MMPA’s List of Fisheries for the first
time under the ALWTRP: Northeast
anchored float gillnet, Northeast drift
gillnet, Atlantic blue crab, and Atlantic
mixed species trap/pot fisheries
targeting crab (red, Jonah, and rock),
hagfish, finfish (black sea bass, scup,
tautog, cod, haddock, pollock, redfish
(ocean perch), and white hake), conch/
whelk, and shrimp.
DATES: Comments on the proposed rule
must be received by 5 p.m. EST on July
21, 2005.
ADDRESSES: Comments may be
submitted on this proposed rule,
identified by RIN 0648–AS01, by any
one of the following methods:
(1) NMFS/Northeast Region Web site:
https://www.nero.noaa.gov/nero/regs/
com. Follow the instructions on the
Web site for submitting comments.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(2) Federal eRulemaking Portal: http:/
/www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instruction on the Web site for
submitting comments.
(3) E-mail:
whalerule.comments@noaa.gov. Please
include the RIN 0648–AS01 in the
subject line of the message.
(4) Mail: Mary Colligan, Assistant
Regional Administrator for Protected
Resources, NMFS, Northeast Region, 1
Blackburn Dr., Gloucester, MA 01930,
ATTN: ALWTRP Proposed Rule.
(5) Facsimile (fax) to: 978–281–9394,
ATTN: ALWTRP Proposed Rule.
Copies of the Draft Environmental
Impact Statement/Regulatory Impact
Review for this action can be obtained
from the ALWTRP Web site listed under
the Electronic Access portion of this
document. Atlantic Large Whale Take
Reduction Team (ALWTRT) meeting
summaries, and progress reports on
implementation of the ALWTRP may be
obtained by writing Diane Borggaard,
NMFS, Northeast Region, 1 Blackburn
Dr., Gloucester, MA 01930 or Juan
Levesque, NMFS, Southeast Region,
9721 Executive Center Dr., St.
Petersburg, FL 33702–2432. For
additional addresses and Web sites for
document availability see
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Diane Borggaard, NMFS, Northeast
Region, 978–281–9300 Ext. 6503,
diane.borggaard@noaa.gov; Kristy Long,
NMFS, Office of Protected Resources,
301–713–2322, kristy.long@noaa.gov; or
Barb Zoodsma, NMFS, Southeast
Region, 904–321–2806,
barb.zoodsma@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
Several of the background documents
for the ALWTRP and the take reduction
planning process can be downloaded
from the ALWTRP Web site at https://
www.nero.noaa.gov/whaletrp/. Copies
of the most recent marine mammal stock
assessment reports may be obtained by
writing to Richard Merrick, NMFS, 166
Water St., Woods Hole, MA 02543 or
can be downloaded from the Internet at
https://www.nefsc.noaa.gov/psb/
assesspdfs.htm. In addition, copies of
the documents entitled ‘‘Defining
Triggers for Temporary Area Closures to
Protect Right Whales from
Entanglements: Issues and Options’’ and
‘‘Identification of Seasonal Area
Management Zones for North Atlantic
Right Whale Conservation’’ are available
by writing to Diane Borggaard, NMFS,
Northeast Region, 1 Blackburn Dr.,
Gloucester, MA 01930 or can be
downloaded from the ALWTRP Web
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
site at https://www.nero.noaa.gov/
whaletrp/. The complete text of the
regulations implementing the ALWTRP
can be found either in the Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR) at 50 CFR
229.32 or downloaded from the Web
site, along with a guide to the
regulations.
Background
The ALWTRP was originally
developed pursuant to section 118 of
the Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA) to reduce the level of serious
injury and mortality of three strategic
stocks of large whales (fin, humpback,
and North Atlantic right) interacting
with Category I and II fisheries (i.e.,
those with frequent or occasional
serious injury or mortality of marine
mammals). The MMPA defines a
strategic stock of marine mammals as a
stock: (1) For which the level of direct
human-caused mortality exceeds the
Potential Biological Removal (PBR)
level; (2) which, based on the best
available scientific information, is
declining and is likely to be listed as a
threatened species under the ESA
within the foreseeable future; or (3)
which is listed as a threatened or
endangered species under the ESA, or as
depleted under the MMPA (16 U.S.C.
1362(19)). Specific Category I and II
fisheries under the original ALWTRP
included the New England Multispecies
sink gillnet (now called Northeast sink
gillnet), Gulf of Maine/U.S. MidAtlantic lobster trap/pot (now called
Northeast/Mid-Atlantic American
lobster trap/pot), U.S. Mid-Atlantic
coastal gillnet, and Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fisheries. The
measures identified in the ALWTRP
were also intended to benefit minke
whales (Balaenoptera acutorostrata),
which are not strategic, but are known
to be taken incidentally in gillnet and
American lobster trap/pot fisheries.
In general, the ALWTRP has consisted
of a combination of regulatory and nonregulatory measures, including broad
gear modifications, time-area closures,
expanded disentanglement efforts,
extensive outreach efforts in key areas,
gear research, and an expanded right
whale surveillance program to
supplement the Mandatory Ship
Reporting System. The background for
the take reduction planning process and
initial development of the ALWTRP is
provided in the preambles to the
proposed (62 FR 16519, April 7, 1997),
interim final (62 FR 39157, July 22,
1997), and final (64 FR 7529, February
16, 1999) rules that implemented the
original plan.
Since its implementation in 1997, the
ALWTRP has been modified several
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
times to reduce the serious injury and
mortality of large whales in gillnet and
American lobster trap/pot gear. An
interim final rule published in
December 2000 (65 FR 80368, December
21, 2000) and a final rule in January
2002 (67 FR 1300, January 10, 2002; 67
FR 15493, April 2, 2002), contain
background information on changes to
the ALWTRP that implemented
additional gear modifications. In 2002, a
final rule added the Southeast Atlantic
gillnet fishery to those fisheries
regulated by the ALWTRP, restricting
the use of straight set gillnets at night in
the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area (67
FR 59471, September 23, 2002; 68 FR
19464, April 21, 2003). An interim final
rule implemented a Seasonal Area
Management (SAM) program (67 FR
1142, January 9, 2002; 67 FR 65722,
October 28, 2002), which identified two
management areas based on the annual
predictable presence of right whales and
required gear modifications for lobster
trap/pot and anchored gillnet gear in
these areas on a seasonal basis.
Additionally, in 2002, a final rule
implemented a Dynamic Area
Management (DAM) program (67 FR
1133, January 9, 2002; 67 FR 65722,
October 28, 2002) to protect unexpected
aggregations of right whales that met
appropriate criteria by temporarily
restricting lobster trap/pot and anchored
gillnet fishing in a designated area. A
final rule published in August 2003 (68
FR 10195, March 4, 2003; 68 FR 51195,
August 26, 2003) identified gear
modifications determined to sufficiently
reduce the risk of entanglement to right
whales, and, therefore, deemed
acceptable for fishing in DAM zones.
Copies of the above documents and
their supporting Environmental
Assessments are available from the
NMFS, Northeast Region (see
ADDRESSES).
ESA Section 7 Consultation and the
ALWTRP
As described above, the ALWTRP was
developed under section 118 of the
MMPA and subsequently modified to
comply with the purposes and policies
of the MMPA. However, the three whale
species directly protected by the
ALWTRP (fin, humpback, and North
Atlantic right) are also listed under the
Endangered Species Act (ESA)(16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.). In addition, many of the
fisheries affected by the ALWTRP are
subject to interagency consultation
under section 7 of the ESA since the
fisheries occur (at least in part) in
Federal waters and are federally
managed. These include the American
lobster, black sea bass, and deep-sea red
crab trap/pot fisheries; and the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Northeast multispecies, monkfish, spiny
dogfish, bluefish, southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark, and southeast Atlantic
coastal pelagic gillnet fisheries.
Section 7 of the ESA requires Federal
agencies to ensure that their actions
(e.g., implementation of fishery
management measures) do not
jeopardize the continued existence of
ESA-listed species. The process for
determining whether a Federal agency
action will jeopardize any ESA-listed
species is referred to as ‘‘section 7
consultation.’’ In 1996, NMFS
completed section 7 consultations for
the American lobster trap/pot fishery
and the Northeast multispecies gillnet
fishery and concluded that the
operation of these fisheries would
jeopardize the continued existence of
North Atlantic right whales as a result
of serious injuries and mortalities
occurring within lobster trap/pot and
multispecies sink gillnet gear. NMFS
also concluded that the new ALWTRP
measures would modify these fisheries
in such a way that jeopardy would be
avoided. NMFS, therefore, accepted the
ALWTRP measures as a reasonable and
prudent alternative (RPA) to avoid
jeopardy to right whales from these two
fisheries.
Similarly, following section 7
consultation on the Monkfish Fishery
Management Plan (FMP) and Spiny
Dogfish FMP in 1998 and 1999,
respectively, NMFS concluded that the
existing ALWTRP measures would
avoid the likelihood that the gillnet
component of these fisheries would
jeopardize the continued existence of
North Atlantic right whales.
In 2000, NMFS reinitiated section 7
consultation for the Federal lobster,
Northeast multispecies, monkfish, and
spiny dogfish fisheries after receiving
new information that indicated right
whale population status was declining
(Caswell et al., 1999), whale
entanglements resulting in serious
injuries were still occurring, and a
recent right whale death resulted from
entanglement in gillnet gear. Section 7
consultation for each of the four
fisheries was completed on June 14,
2001, and concluded that the existing
ALWTRP measures were not sufficient
to remove the likelihood of jeopardy for
North Atlantic right whales. A new RPA
was developed for the four fisheries and
included SAM, DAM, and additional
gear modifications. These measures
were implemented through rulemaking
as part of the ALWTRP. The RPA also
included monitoring criteria (a nonregulatory measure) to help assess the
effectiveness of the RPA.
In 2002, eight right whales were
observed entangled after
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35895
implementation of the RPA measures.
One of the eight, a female right whale
born in 2000 (RW #3107), had line with
an attached buoy wrapped around and
cutting into her tail stock. Several
disentanglement attempts were made
and she was subsequently freed of the
gear. The recovered gear was examined
to obtain further information on the
entanglement event. NMFS could not
positively identify the fishery or owner
of the gear. However, based on the
examination, NMFS concluded that the
gear was consistent with that used in
the inshore lobster trap fishery
(Whittingham et al., 2003). [On July 30,
2003, NOAA Fisheries gear specialist
clarified that the term ‘‘inshore lobster
trap fishery’’ as used in the draft 2002
Large Whale Entanglement Report refers
to U.S. waters that include northern
inshore (certain state waters), northern
nearshore, and southern nearshore
waters as they are defined under the
ALWTRP.] This conclusion was based
on the configuration of the recovered
gear, including the presence of a weak
link with a breaking strength of no more
than 600 lb (272.4 kg). Six weeks after
the disentanglement, her carcass
washed ashore on Nantucket, MA.
Although the exact cause of death
could not be determined, the necropsy
of RW #3107 did reveal substantial
tissue damage to the tail stock in the
area where the entangling gear had been
present. A draft necropsy report
describes the most likely cause of death
(based on the available evidence) as an
infection or other debilitating condition
caused by the injuries to the tail stock.
NMFS reviewed the necropsy report
and considered whether it provided
sufficient information to show, based on
RPA monitoring criteria, that the RPA
was not effective at avoiding the
likelihood of jeopardy to right whales.
On June 13, 2003, NMFS received
confirmation from the Northeast
Fisheries Science Center (NEFSC) that
the Atlantic Scientific Review Group
(ASRG) concurred with the NEFSC
finding that the death of RW #3107 was
an entanglement related mortality. [The
ASRG is 1 of 3 independent regional
scientific review groups composed of
individuals, in part, with expertise in
marine mammal biology and ecology,
population dynamics and modeling, and
commercial fishing technology and
practices. The review groups were
established as required by section 117 of
the MMPA, and serve as advisors to
NOAA Fisheries and the FWS with
respect to marine mammal issues.]
There is no way to determine exactly
when and where RW #3107 became
entangled. She was last seen prior to the
entanglement in December 2001 off of
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35896
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
South Carolina. She was next seen
(entangled) in July 2002 in Canadian
waters off of Nova Scotia. Although RW
#3107 could have become entangled in
Canadian waters, NMFS considers this
unlikely since Canadian trap fishers
(whether for lobster, crab, or fish) are
not required to use a 600-lb (272.4-kg)
weak link. The more likely scenario is
that RW #3107 became entangled in
U.S. waters. While it is possible that she
became entangled prior to when the
RPA measures went into effect, this is
somewhat irrelevant since the weak link
on the entangling gear was the same
breaking strength as is currently
required by the RPA for certain lobster
fishing areas.
In summary, while the gear recovered
from RW #3107 cannot be identified as
originating from the U.S. lobster fishery,
NMFS has determined that the gear is
consistent with gear approved for use in
the lobster fishery that is conducted in
portions of the U.S. Exclusive Economic
Zone (EEZ). In addition, NMFS has been
advised that RW #3107 died as a result
of injuries caused by the entanglement.
Therefore, based on the RPA monitoring
criteria from the June 14, 2001,
biological opinion, NMFS concluded
that the entanglement event for RW
#3107 provides evidence that the RPA
described in the June 14, 2001, Opinion
is not effective at avoiding the
likelihood of jeopardizing the continued
existence of right whales by the lobster
trap fishery. As required, NMFS has
reinitiated consultation to reexamine
the effects of the fishery, as modified by
the existing ALWTRP and RPA
measures, on right whales. This
consultation is in progress.
NMFS reinitiated section 7
consultation on the Summer Flounder,
Scup, Black Sea Bass FMP following
new information on the applicability of
the ALWTRP measures for federallypermitted black sea bass fishermen
using pot/trap gear. This consultation is
also in progress.
In the Southeast Region, NMFS has
conducted section 7 consultations on
the following fishery management
plans: Coastal Migratory Pelagics;
Swordfish, Tuna, Shark, and Billfish;
and Snapper-Grouper. In 1992, the
section 7 consultation for Amendment 6
to the Coastal Migratory Pelagics FMP
concluded that the proposed actions to
regulate pelagic hook-and-line and
gillnet fishing gear were not likely to
adversely affect ESA-listed species, but
that the fishing activities conducted
under the authority of the FMP may
affect, but were not likely to jeopardize,
the continued existence of listed sea
turtles. Subsequent consultations
conducted on additional amendments to
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
the Coastal Migratory Pelagics FMP and
emergency actions have been informal.
These informal consultations concluded
that the regulatory changes resulting
from these additional amendments
would not alter the findings presented
in the 1992 biological opinion prepared
for Amendment 6 to the FMP. In
addition, NMFS does not have data
indicating that the level of take for sea
turtles, as specified in the 1992
incidental take statement, has been
exceeded, which would require
reinitiating formal consultation.
However, due to the listing of new
species (e.g., smalltooth sawfish) on the
ESA and designation of critical habitat
for right whales in the southeast U.S.
since 1992, NMFS believes reinitiating
formal consultation is warranted and
has begun this process.
In 2003, NMFS conducted a section 7
consultation for the Draft Amendment 1
to the Highly Migratory Species FMP.
The section 7 consultation concluded
that, based on the lack of reported
interactions between large whales and
the Southeast U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery since the implementation of the
ALWTRP and the RPA identified in the
May 1997 biological opinion, the
proposed action may affect, but is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of right, humpback, and fin
whales.
Since 1989, NMFS has conducted
numerous section 7 consultations on the
Snapper-Grouper FMP and its
subsequent amendments. These
consultations have all concluded that
the trap/pot gear used by the fisheries
managed under the FMP, such as black
sea bass pots, were not likely to
jeopardize the continued existence of
endangered large whales or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
critical habitat. In 2000, a section 7
consultation for Amendment 12 to the
FMP came to the same conclusion as all
the prior consultations, however, NMFS
expressed that interactions between
hook-and-line and pot gear used by this
fishery and endangered marine
mammals and sea turtles may warrant
further consideration in future
amendments. Therefore, NMFS is
presently in the process of re-initiating
formal consultation on the SnapperGrouper FMP.
Take Reduction Team Activities During
2003 and 2004
Under the 1994 Amendments to the
MMPA, the immediate goal of a take
reduction plan (TRP) is to reduce the
incidental take of strategic stocks of
marine mammals in commercial fishing
operations to below PBR within 6
months of implementing a TRP. The
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
long-term goal is to reduce incidental
takes to insignificant levels approaching
a zero mortality and serious injury rate
(69 FR 43338, July 20, 2004) within 5
years of implementing a TRP. For right
whales, these two goals are essentially
the same since the PBR level is zero.
Under the ESA, NMFS is obligated to
use its authorities to conserve
endangered and threatened species and
ensure that actions authorized by the
agency, such as fishing in Federal
waters, are not likely to jeopardize the
continued existence of any endangered
or threatened species, including right
whales.
NMFS determined that additional
modifications to the ALWTRP were
warranted based on the continued
entanglement of large whales in
commercial fishing gear since the 2002
ALWTRP regulations became effective.
Therefore, NMFS reconvened the
ALWTRT from April 28–30, 2003, to
help evaluate the ALWTRP and discuss
additional modifications necessary to
meet the goals of the MMPA and ESA.
NMFS asked the ALWTRT to consider
some preliminary options provided in
advance of the meeting, as well as
develop additional options for
addressing incidental interactions
between commercial fisheries and large
whales. Particular emphasis was placed
on those options designed to reduce the
potential for entanglements and
minimize adverse impacts if
entanglements occur.
Following the April 2003 meeting, the
ALWTRT met in separate subgroups
over the next 2 months to further
discuss and refine the proposals
developed at the April meeting. These
ALWTRT meetings included a
‘‘Northeast Inshore Lobster Trap/Pot’’
subgroup that met on May 19, 2003; an
‘‘Offshore Trap/Pot’’ subgroup that met
on June 17, 2003; a ‘‘Southeast/MidAtlantic’’ subgroup that met on June 23,
2003; and a ‘‘Northeast Gillnet’’
subgroup met on June 24, 2003. All
ALWTRT meetings, including subgroup
meetings, were open to the public.
Subsequently, on June 30, 2003,
NMFS published a Notice of Intent
(NOI) in the Federal Register to
announce the agency’s intent to prepare
an Environmental Impact Statement
(EIS) that would analyze the impacts of
alternatives for amending the ALWTRP
(68 FR 38676). The 2003 NOI expanded
the scope of analysis from an NOI
previously published in 2001 (66 FR
50390, October 3, 2001), which was
issued when NMFS was planning to
prepare an EIS to analyze the impacts of
alternatives under consideration to
finalize the SAM program. In the 2003
NOI, NMFS announced several public
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
scoping meetings along the east coast to
solicit comments on the range of issues
to be considered during the preparation
of the EIS. Proposals from the April
2003 ALWTRT meeting and subsequent
subgroup meetings were used to
develop an issues and options
document, which NMFS made available
to the public during the scoping
process. The ALWTRT had agreed on
two overriding principles for reducing
the risk of interactions between large
whales and commercial fisheries; these
principles were included in the scoping
document. These include the following:
(1) Reducing profiles of all groundlines
to minimize risk of entanglement and
(2) reducing the risk of entanglement
associated with vertical lines.
The document also described the
major issues, current management and
legal requirements, and potential
management measures (including
measures already in effect) to address
fisheries that may frequently or
occasionally interact with large whales.
During the summer of 2003, NMFS
conducted six public scoping meetings
along the east coast.
The full ALWTRT met again February
3–4, 2004. NMFS updated team
members and interested parties on
recent whale conservation activities and
research, revisited the ALWTRP
principles, and discussed the upcoming
rulemaking process, among other issues.
At this meeting, similar to the 2003
ALWTRT meeting, much of the
discussions focused on ways to reduce
the entanglement risk associated with
groundlines. To date, the ALWTRT
meetings and the scoping meetings
associated with the draft EIS (DEIS)
process have yielded little from which
NMFS could propose effective and
comprehensive management measures
designed to address the vertical line
issue. In fact, at the 2004 ALWTRT
meeting, team members highlighted the
need for further biological and gear
research to develop appropriate
management measures for reducing the
risk associated with vertical lines. As a
result, NMFS is outlining a strategy to
reduce interactions with groundlines in
this proposed rule, along with some
measures to address vertical lines, and
plans to further address the risk
associated with vertical lines through
future rulemaking.
Reducing the Risk of Entanglement
Associated With Groundlines
Floating groundline is a source of
entanglement for large whales.
Underwater video recording of typical
trap/pot gear with floating groundline
between traps revealed that the line
often forms large loops in the water
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
column (an average of 8–18 feet (2.44–
5.49 meters) above the bottom) between
traps (McKiernan et al., 2002). This
slack in the floating line presents an
entanglement risk to large whales
because they often use the entire water
column when foraging. For example,
during feeding activities in Cape Cod
Bay, three right whales tagged by multisensor telemetry units spent up to 31
percent of their time in the bottom third
of the water column. During nonfeeding activities, whale use in this
portion of the water column increased
up to 40 percent (Wiley & Goodyear,
1998).
One method proposed at the April
2003 ALWTRT meeting for reducing the
groundline entanglement risk centered
on lowering the profile of the line to a
pre-determined level, which would
remove it from the mid- and upper
portions of the water column. However,
at the February 2004 ALWTRT meeting,
a group of large whale researchers
proposed that lowering the profile of
groundlines to within a few feet of the
bottom may not be effective at reducing
the risk of large whale entanglements in
some areas, particularly areas known to
support foraging aggregations of highly
endangered right whales. They
explained that many of the most serious
right whales entanglements involve the
head and mouth. These head and mouth
entanglements presumably occur during
open-mouth feeding activities that may
be correlated to a dense layer of
zooplankton near the bottom of the
seafloor. Therefore, the ALWTRT
recommended using sinking or neutrally
buoyant groundline in these areas,
which would bring groundlines down to
the seafloor.
In light of this information, NMFS is
unable to support using ‘‘low-profile’’
groundline at this time. Further research
and analysis is needed on whether
lowering the profile of groundline to
depths other than the ocean bottom
reduces the potential for large whale
entanglement in certain areas.
Additionally, NMFS must determine the
appropriate depth to which the
groundline profile could be reduced.
Specifically, further information and
analysis are needed on prey
distribution, large whale distribution
and behavior, and methods for reducing
the profile of groundline. NMFS would
need to define ‘‘Low-profile’’ line in
such a way that it is enforceable, is
operationally feasible for fishermen, and
reduces the risk of entanglement.
Presently, NMFS and others are
researching all of these issues. NMFS
may consider ‘‘low-profile’’ groundline
in the future. Through this proposed
rule, NMFS is soliciting comments and
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35897
information on any of the issues noted
above that are related to ‘‘low profile’’
groundline.
Reducing the Risk of Entanglement
Associated With Vertical Lines
Although this proposed rule contains
alternatives that would require
fishermen to convert groundlines from
floating line to sinking line and
provides a plan for addressing vertical
lines in the future, NMFS is proposing
a staged approach to the
implementation of gear modifications.
Through this proposed rule, groundline
modifications would be implemented
and vertical line modifications would
follow once sufficient gear research is
conducted. NMFS developed this
approach jointly with the ALWTRT. The
ALWTRT agreed at the April 2003
meeting that NMFS should reduce the
risk of entanglement associated with
vertical lines as well as reduce the
profile of groundline. This is supported
by Johnson et al. (2005), which
concluded that any line rising into the
water column presents an entanglement
risk to large whales; although it is
difficult to compare the relative risks
associated with different gear parts (e.g.,
vertical lines versus groundlines). As
mentioned previously, most ALWTRT
members proposed that, at this time,
NMFS should only consider
management options to address
groundlines and should address vertical
lines in future rulemaking actions.
Currently, neither the ALWTRT nor
NMFS is able to identify a viable option
for further reducing the risk associated
with vertical lines. Therefore, NMFS
believes that additional research and
discussions with the ALWTRT are
needed to address this issue.
A better scientific understanding
about the nature of entanglements,
specifically the gear part involved (e.g.,
vertical line), would help NMFS
develop better management programs
and reduce the serious injury and
mortality of large whales due to
incidental interactions with commercial
fisheries. Therefore, NMFS is also
proposing in this rule to expand the gear
marking requirements for vertical lines,
which would help provide information
about the nature of the gear involved in
large whale entanglements. This
information would also provide
valuable insight concerning where,
when, and how the entangling gear was
set.
Research into reducing the risk
associated with vertical line is currently
focusing on the profiles of vertical line
with different buoy line configurations
(e.g., sinking/neutrally buoyant vs.
polypropylene), as well as other
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35898
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
modifications (e.g., requiring a
minimum number of traps per trawl in
certain areas). NMFS and others are also
investigating how whales utilize the
water column, including foraging
ecology and diving behavior, which will
help determine the appropriate
mitigation strategies for reducing
entanglement risk from vertical lines.
As noted above, the alternatives
considered in this proposed rule focus
primarily on reducing risks associated
with groundlines. However, until new
vertical line gear modifications are
developed, NMFS is responding to the
vertical line issue through such
measures as proposing expanded gear
marking, reducing the breaking strength
of weak links, regulating additional
fisheries under the ALWTRP, and
considering two buoy lines allowed per
trawl or string. In the latter case, NMFS
found that requiring the use of one buoy
line may encourage fishermen to split
trawls or strings, thus increasing the
number of vertical lines in the water
column. In addition, requiring one buoy
line may increase the risk of gear loss,
thereby increasing the entanglement
risks associated with ‘‘ghost gear’’ or
fishing gear left untended or lost that
continues to fish. Therefore, this would
not be an effective broad-based measure
to implement.
In light of the ongoing research on the
risk of entanglement in vertical lines
and the lack of a viable management
option for addressing the issue at this
time, NMFS is proposing the use of
sinking and/or neutrally buoyant
groundline to reduce the serious injury
and mortality from incidental
interactions between large whales and
commercial fishing gear. However,
through this action, NMFS is soliciting
comments and information on any of
these issues discussed above that are
also related to vertical lines.
Preferred Alternatives
As a result of public input provided
through the DEIS scoping process,
NMFS developed six alternatives,
including a ‘‘No Action’’ or status quo
alternative, to modify the ALWTRP. All
six of these alternatives are described
and analyzed in detail in the DEIS
prepared to accompany this proposed
rule (NMFS, 2004). Of the six
alternatives considered, NMFS has
identified two Preferred Alternatives
(Alternatives 3 and 6 in the DEIS) for
amending the ALWTRP, which are
described below. Although NMFS has
identified six alternatives, two of which
are preferred, NMFS is seeking
comment on all the alternatives. Based
on comments received, NMFS proposes
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
to implement one alternative in the final
rule.
The two Preferred Alternatives
include the following: Expanding the
geographic and temporal requirements
of the ALWTRP; broad-based gear
modifications such as reducing the
profile of groundline and marking
vertical lines; applying ALWTRP
regulations to similar gillnet and
trap/pot gear not currently regulated;
and clarifying existing regulations so the
intended effect is more understandable.
Although NMFS did not receive
consensus (i.e., unanimity) from the
ALWTRT on the specific amendments
to the ALWTRP, the preferred
alternatives analyzed in the DEIS and
proposed in this document are based on
proposals presented by the ALWTRT
and the general public during both
ALWTRT and DEIS scoping meetings.
Alternative Three (Preferred)
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large
Whale Take Reduction Plan for
Boundaries and Seasons
The dataset used in the analyses to
determine the proposed boundaries and
seasons for ALWTRP gear modifications
was drawn from the December 2003
version of the North Atlantic Right
Whale (NARW) Sighting Database
curated by the University of Rhode
Island (URI). This dataset includes all
large whale sightings collected during
all right whale surveys, totaling 21,977
right, 4,414 humpback, and 8,098 fin
whale sighting records from the 18th
century through 2003.
These sighting records have
documented the presence of all three
species as far offshore as the eastern
edge of the EEZ. In addition, given the
limited amount of offshore survey effort,
it is almost certain that there are more
large whales in this area than are
recorded in the database. Therefore, this
preferred alternative would extend the
ALWTRP gear modifications for
regulated areas of the east coast out to
the eastern edge of the EEZ. NMFS
believes that expanding the waters
regulated under the ALWTRP would
protect large whales where they have
been historically sighted and are
expected to occur. Moreover, this
proposed expansion would make the
ALWTRP more consistent with the
waters regulated under Fishery
Management Plans (FMPs), which
manage fisheries out to the eastern edge
of the EEZ.
As indicated by the dataset, right,
humpback, and fin whale distributions
have a strong spatial and temporal
aspect; therefore, this preferred
alternative identifies these spatial and
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
temporal changes. NMFS has
determined that the boundaries
proposed for requiring gear
modifications year-round in the
northeast are supported by the sightings
data obtained from the NARW Sightings
Database, which indicates that right,
humpback, and fin whales are
commonly observed in all seasons.
Therefore, this preferred alternative
would require broad-based gear
modifications on a year-round basis
from Maine to the Rhode Island/
Connecticut border (41°18.2′ N. and
71°51.5′ W.; Watch Hill, RI), south to
40°00′ N., and east to the eastern edge
of the EEZ.
In the Mid-Atlantic, right and
humpback whales can be found yearround, but according to the NARW
Sightings Database, sightings primarily
occur between September and May. Fin
whales are only present in the MidAtlantic north of Cape Hatteras in the
summer. Therefore, in this preferred
alternative, NMFS proposes to require
gear modifications in these waters on a
seasonal basis, from September to May,
when more sightings are reported and
the risk of entanglement with
commercial fishing gear is greater.
Under this preferred alternative, a line
drawn from the Rhode Island/
Connecticut border, south to 40°00′ N.,
and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ,
would serve as the northern boundary
for seasonal gear modifications in the
Mid-Atlantic and the South Carolina/
Georgia border east to the eastern edge
of the EEZ would serve as the southern
boundary. In addition, the southern
boundary would separate Mid-Atlantic
waters from the right whale calving
grounds and critical habitat area in the
southeast.
During the winter months (November
to April), right whales are most often
sighted south of the South Carolina/
Georgia border. Humpback whales are
also reported in southeast coastal waters
during this time of year. Stranding data
suggest that fin whale calving may occur
along the latitudes of the Mid-Atlantic;
however, it is unknown where calving,
mating, and wintering for most of the
population takes place (Hain et al.,
1993). In this preferred alternative,
NMFS is proposing seasonal gear
modifications from November 15 to
April 15 for all ALWTRP regulated
fisheries between the South Carolina/
Georgia border and 29°00′ N. based on
this information in the Southeast
Region. From December 1 to March 31,
gear modifications would be required
for trap/pot and Southeast Atlantic
gillnet fisheries between 29°00′ N. and
27°51′ N., and for the Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fishery between
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
29°00′ N. and 26°46.5′ N. NMFS
considers the proposed southern
boundaries appropriate based on the
NARW Sighting Database, which
indicates that right whales are rarely
sighted south of 29°00′ N. from
November 1 to November 15 (n=1) or
from April 1 to 15 (n=3). NMFS will
continue to monitor from 27°51′ N. to
26°46.5′ N. and south of this area in the
event that sightings data warrant the
expansion of management areas.
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large
Whale Take Reduction Plan for Lobster
Trap/Pot Gear
Northern Inshore State and Nearshore
Trap/Pot Waters, Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area (May 16–December 31),
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, and Great South
Channel Restricted Area (Nearshore
Portion)—The current regulations for
Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters,
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, and the Federal portion
of the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area
(May 16–December 31) require one buoy
line on trawls of 5 or fewer traps.
However, NMFS has received reports
that the current requirement sometimes
results in fishermen splitting their
trawls and fishing a greater number of
smaller trawls, which increases the
number of buoy lines in the water if the
majority of fishermen are engaging in
this practice. Therefore, for these
ALWTRP areas only, this preferred
alternative would allow five-trap trawls
to have two buoy lines. Under this
preferred alternative, NMFS would
require the use of only one buoy line for
trawls of 4 or fewer traps, and to allow
trawls with 5 or more traps to have two
buoy lines (effective six months after
publication of a final rule). As noted
previously, NMFS intends to discuss
vertical line issues, including the
complex ones such as the number of
traps per trawl, with the ALWTRT after
ongoing research is completed in order
to develop a comprehensive approach to
reducing entanglement risk associated
with vertical lines.
For Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot
Waters and the state portion of the Cape
Cod Bay Restricted Area (May 16–
December 31) only, this preferred
alternative would eliminate the Lobster
Take Reduction Technology List (i.e., a
list of gear modification options) and
require a 600-lb (272.2-kg) weak link on
all flotation devices and/or weighted
devices attached to the buoy line
(effective 6 months after publication of
a final rule). Weak links are already a
requirement in other areas, such as the
Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area from
January 1 to May 15. Therefore, this
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
would enable NMFS to utilize weak
links as a broad-based management
measure. It is important to note that,
while the strain recorded on buoy
systems during load cell testing can
indicate whether a particular weak link
breaking strength is appropriate, the
recorded strains alone cannot establish
weak link breaking strengths because
breaking strengths must factor in a
reasonable measure of safety to prevent
losing gear at sea during the worst
conditions. Gear research has indicated
that a 600-lb (272.4-kg) breaking
strength weak link will provide a
measure of protection for whales, as
well as maintain gear operations and
prevent the loss of gear in this area (i.e.,
ghost gear).
This preferred alternative would also
lower the weak link breaking strength
on all flotation devices and/or weighted
devices attached to the buoy line in the
nearshore portion of the Great South
Channel Restricted Area that overlaps
with LMA 2 and the Outer Cape (July 1–
March 31) from 1,500-lb (680.4-kg) to
600-lb (272.2-kg) (effective 6 months
after publication of a final rule). All
fishermen in the nearshore portion of
the Great South Channel Restricted Area
would then be required to have a 600–
lb weak link on all flotation devices
and/or weighted devices attached to the
buoy line. This would ensure that
fishermen in nearshore areas (i.e., LMA
2 and the Outer Cape) have the same
weak link requirements.
Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area and
Great South Channel Restricted Area
(Offshore Portion)—This preferred
alternative would extend the southern
boundary of the Offshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area by following the 100fathom (600-ft or 182.9-m) line from
35°30′ N. to 27°51′ N. and then
extending out to the eastern edge of the
EEZ (effective 6 months after
publication of a final rule). In addition
to the current requirements, this
preferred alternative would lower the
maximum breaking strength of weak
links on all flotation devices and/or
weighted devices attached to the buoy
line in Offshore Trap/Pot Waters and
the offshore portion of the Great South
Channel Restricted Area that overlaps
with the LMA 2/3 overlap and LMA 3
Areas from 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) to 1,500
lb (680.4 kg) (effective 6 months after
publication of a final rule). Lowering the
weak link breaking strength is
appropriate, as testing conducted by the
NMFS Gear Research Team and the
offshore lobster industry found that the
breaking strength on the buoy line could
be lowered while still allowing the gear
to be used effectively.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35899
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area—This preferred alternative would
extend the southern boundary of the
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area by following the 100-fathom (600–
ft or 182.9-m) line from 35°30’ N. to
27°51′ N. and then extending the
boundary inshore to the coast or
exempted areas. The Southern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters would be
defined by Lobster Management Areas
4, 5, and 6 (except for the exempted
areas) north of 35°30′ N. and by the 100fathom (600-ft or 182.9-m) line west to
the coast or exempted areas south of
35°30’ N. In addition to the current
requirements, this preferred alternative
would implement the regulations
currently required in the Southern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters in the
portion of Lobster Management Area 6
that is neither exempted under the
ALWTRP waters (i.e., mouth of Long
Island Sound) nor currently regulated
by the ALWTRP (effective 6 months
after publication of a final rule).
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large
Whale Take Reduction Plan for Other
Trap/Pot Gear
The following trap/pot fisheries
(designated as ‘‘Other Trap/Pot
Fisheries’’ from this point on) are
currently not regulated under the
ALWTRP, but have the potential to
entangle large whales: crab (red, Jonah,
rock, and blue), hagfish, finfish (black
sea bass, scup, tautog, cod, haddock,
pollock, redfish (ocean perch), and
white hake), conch/whelk, and shrimp.
In both preferred alternatives, NMFS
proposes to regulate these trap/pot
fisheries under the ALWTRP because
they have the potential to entangle,
seriously injure, and kill large whales.
For some of these fisheries,
entanglements have been documented.
However, NMFS is soliciting comments
to help determine if all appropriate
directed fisheries have been included in
the above list (other than lobster). A
complete listing of the species landed
using trap/pot gear is provided as
Appendix 4A to Chapter 4 of the DEIS
(see ADDRESSES).
Through this proposed rule, these
Other Trap/Pot fisheries would be
required to comply with current
ALWTRP regulations, including the
universal gear modifications, and would
follow the same area designations and
requirements (e.g., weak links, SAM and
DAM program requirements, and
Critical Habitat restrictions) currently
required and proposed for the lobster
trap/pot fisheries already covered by the
ALWTRP (effective 6 months after
publication of a final rule). [The
ALWTRP universal gear modifications
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35900
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
include: no buoy line floating at the
surface, no wet storage of gear (all gear
must be hauled out of the water at least
once every 30 days), and fishermen are
encouraged, but not required, to
maintain knot-free buoy lines.] Where
applicable, these fisheries would also be
regulated under the ALWTRP within the
portion of Lobster Management Area 6
that is not exempted by the ALWTRP
(i.e., mouth of Long Island Sound)
(effective 6 months after publication of
a final rule). In addition to complying
with the current ALWTRP requirements,
the Other Trap/Pot Fisheries would be
required to comply with the proposed
modifications for the lobster trap/pot
fishery specified in this proposed rule
(effective 6 months after publication of
a final rule unless otherwise noted).
NMFS proposes that these Other Trap/
Pot fisheries are similar enough in
configuration and operation that they
should be regulated similarly, with the
exception of the red crab fishery
discussed below.
Red crab Trap/Pot Gear: Through this
proposed rule, the maximum weak link
breaking strength would be lowered
from 3,780-lb (1,714.6-kg), as currently
required in the Final Rule implementing
the Red Crab Fishery Management Plan
(67 FR 63221, October 19, 2002), to
2,000-lb (907.2-kg). Initially, the 3,780lb (1,714.6-kg) weak link breaking
strength was implemented to be
consistent with the original ALWTRP
weak link requirements for the offshore
lobster fishery. However, at the
February 2004 ALWTRT meeting,
members discussed lowering the weak
link breaking strength for the red crab
fishery. Following the meeting, NMFS
worked with red crab fishermen to
understand the gear configurations and
operations of this fishery. Based on this
research, NMFS proposes that a 2,000lb (907.2–kg) weak link be attached to
all flotation and/or weighted devices
attached to the buoy line in the red crab
fishery (effective 6 months after
publication of a final rule). Accordingly,
the regulatory text found at 50 CFR
648.264(a)(6)(i) regarding weak link
breaking strength for red crab fishing
gear would be modified under this
proposed rule to include a cross
reference to the ALWTRP regulations
found at § 229.32.
NMFS believes the proposed weak
link configurations for the red crab
fishery are appropriate due to the
unique operational characteristics of
and human safety concerns associated
with the red crab fishery. The red crab
fishery typically operates in offshore
waters at depths in excess of 2,000-ft
(609.6–m), thus the gear deployed to
fish in these conditions must be adapted
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
accordingly to endure the elements. The
individual trawls consist of up to 200
traps. Buoy lines required to set and
haul this gear must be able to withstand
significant loads. As a result, the buoy
lines use rope that is larger in both
diameter and length, which requires the
support of a more buoyant surface
system. Therefore, to prevent buoys
from being pulled underwater by the
size and weight of the buoy lines, up to
2,400 lbs (1,088 kg) of positive
buoyancy must be attached to the
surface end of the buoy lines, often with
individual buoys having 800-lbs (362.9kg) of buoyancy. Moreover, the
hydrodynamic force of currents and
wave activity may affect the buoy and,
coupled with the buoyancy component,
could increase the load on each buoy
significantly above 800-lb (362.9-kg).
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large
Whale Take Reduction Plan for All
Trap/Pot Gear
Broad-based Gear Modifications—As
previously noted, most of the broadbased gear modifications identified in
this proposed rule would become
effective 6 months after publication of
the final rule except for the groundline
requirement discussed below, which
would be phased-in. In 2008, when the
sinking/neutrally buoyant groundline
requirement becomes fully effective,
this preferred alternative would
eliminate the SAM and DAM programs.
However, until 2008, the Other Trap/Pot
Fisheries that would be added to the
ALWTRP would be subject to SAM and
DAM program requirements. NMFS
would like public comment on the
proposed gear modifications as well as
any variations that would provide
conservation benefits to large whales
comparable to the measures described
above. Specifically, NMFS is interested
in comments on whether installing gear
modifications are warranted for gear
that is tended and/or actively fished
(i.e., gear that is in close proximity to
the vessel and has a maximum soak
time).
ALWTRP Regulated Trap/Pot Waters:
Due to the proposed addition of new
trap/pot fisheries, ALWTRP-regulated
Lobster Waters would be re-designated
as ALWTRP-regulated Trap/Pot Waters
to reflect the broader application of
ALWTRP requirements. Accordingly,
under the proposed rule, the term
‘‘lobster trap/pot’’ would be replaced
with ‘‘trap/pot’’ where it appears in the
regulations implementing the ALWTRP.
Seasons and Boundaries: Under this
proposed rule, an area would be created
bounded on the west by a line running
from the Rhode Island/Connecticut
border (41°18.2′ N. and 71°51.5′ W.;
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Watch Hill, RI), south to 40°00′ N., and
east to the eastern edge of the EEZ. The
gear fished in the area north of this line
would be required to incorporate
current and proposed broad-based gear
modifications year-round; the gear
fished in the area south of this line to
the South Carolina/Georgia border
would require gear modifications from
September to May (effective 6 months
after publication of a final rule). Areas
south of the South Carolina/Georgia
border would require gear modifications
in the following areas and during the
following seasonal time periods:
between the South Carolina/Georgia
border and 29°00′ N. from November
15–April 15; between 29°00′ N. and
27°51′ N. from December 1–March 31
(effective 6 months after publication).
Sinking/Neutrally Buoyant
Groundlines: Under this preferred
alternative, the lobster trap/pot fishery
currently regulated by the ALWTRP, as
well as the other trap/pot fisheries to be
added through this proposed rule,
would be required to use groundline
composed entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line in the applicable
areas and time periods beginning in
2008.
Although the broad-based sinking/
neutrally buoyant groundline
requirement would not become effective
until 2008, NMFS believes that, in the
northeast, the changeover to sinking/
neutrally buoyant groundline will begin
prior to 2008 as fishermen replace their
groundline as it naturally wears out. For
example, according to a Massachusetts
Division of Marine Fisheries (MADMF)
gear buyback program survey of
fishermen who are representative of the
Massachusetts inshore lobster trawl
fleet, this fishery has undergone an
estimated 10-percent reduction in the
amount of floating groundline used
between 2002 and 2003. The data
indicated that 46.7 percent of the
fishermen who responded to the survey
(515 out of 1196 surveys sent) do not
currently use floating groundline in
their trawls. Fifty-six percent of these
fishermen indicated they have replaced
floating groundline within the last three
years.
Based on these results and
communication with the inshore lobster
trap/pot industry, MADMF reports the
majority of the inshore lobstermen are
switching to sinking/neutrally buoyant
groundline (MADMF uses the term
‘‘negatively buoyant’’). Additionally,
MADMF is partnering with other groups
on a gear exchange program to provide
Massachusetts commercial lobstermen
with financial assistance (through
federal grant monies) to purchase
‘‘negatively buoyant’’ groundline to
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
reduce the risks of right whales
becoming entangled in state coastal
waters. Eligible Massachusetts
lobstermen would turn in their old
polypropylene line, which would then
be recycled. Lobstermen would then be
issued a voucher that they may use to
purchase new ‘‘negatively buoyant’’ line
at a participating distributor (fishermen
would be required to pay for a portion
of the line).
MADMF expects the switch-over to
‘‘negatively buoyant’’ groundline
through this program to occur by spring
2005. The early changeover is also likely
to continue particularly in the northeast
as fishermen respond to gear
modifications required by the
implementation of SAM and DAM
programs, which require seasonal or
temporary use of non-floating
groundline. For example, some
fishermen may choose to fish with SAM
and/or DAM compliant gear year round,
or at least during the months when SAM
areas are in effect and DAM zones are
most likely to be triggered, rather than
having to change their gear over when
a SAM area is effective or remove it
when a DAM zone is established. NMFS
believes this situation would occur in
other areas too, especially as fishermen
replace their old line with new line,
which would begin to provide increased
protection of large whales from
entanglement earlier than 2008.
Weak Links: Through this proposed
rule, weak links of the appropriate
breaking strength would be required on
all flotation devices and/or weighted
devices attached to the buoy line such
as buoys, toggles, and/or leaded lines
(effective 6 months after publication of
a final rule) for all current and proposed
ALWTRP regulated areas and fisheries
during the time periods when ALWTRP
restrictions apply. The Other Trap/Pot
Fisheries to be added to the ALWTRP
under this proposed rule would also be
subject to the weak link requirements.
The weak link requirement is
specifically designed to reduce
entanglement and serious injury due to
entanglements in and around the mouth
and in buoy lines and surface systems.
Thus, if a buoy, toggle, or weighted
device is not attached to the buoy line
with a weak link, a buoy line that
becomes entangled through the mouth
of a whale may be prevented from
passing through the whale’s baleen, and
may result in a more complicated
entanglement. Adding a weak link to all
devices attached to the buoy line
increases the likelihood that a line
sliding through a whale’s mouth will
break away quickly at the buoy before
the whale begins to thrash and become
more entangled.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large
Whale Take Reduction Plan for Gillnet
Gear
Northeast Gillnet Waters—Anchored
gillnets: Under both preferred
alternatives, NMFS would require an
increase in the number of weak links
per net panel from one 1,100 lb (498.9
kg) to five or more 1,100 lb (498.9 kg)
weak links, depending on the length of
the net panel, for anchored gillnets in
Northeast Gillnet Waters (effective 6
months after publication of a final rule).
Net panels are typically 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) in length, but the weak link
requirement would apply to all
variations in panel size. For example,
net panels of 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4
m) or less in length, would be required
to have one weak link in the floatline at
the center of the net panel. For net
panels greater than 50 fathoms (300 ft or
91.4 m), weak links would be placed
continuously along the floatline
separated by a maximum distance of 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m). For all
variations in panel size, the following
weak link requirements would apply:
(1) Weak links would be placed in the
center of each of the up and down lines
at each end of each net panel; and (2)
one floatline weak link would be placed
as close as possible to each end of the
net panel just before the floatline meets
the up and down line. According to
Smolowitz & Wiley (Land Testing of
Gillnet Modifications,1998), it is better
to place the weak links within each
gillnet section rather than outside the
panel at the bridle. Links that part at the
bridle would leave a long section of net
and line, which could still entangle a
whale; however, the gillnet panel
webbing without the floatline and
leadline is not a very strong component
of the gear and is less likely to cause
serious injury or mortality. NMFS
would like public comment on the
proposed weak link configuration as
well as any variations that would
provide conservation benefits to large
whales comparable to the weak link
configuration described above.
Specifically, NMFS is interested in
comments on variations to the location
of weak links within each gillnet
section.
In addition, all anchored gillnets,
regardless of the number of net panels,
would be required to be securely
anchored with the holding power of at
least a 22-lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style
anchor at each end of the net string
(effective 6 months after publication of
a final rule). Dead weights and heavy
leadline would no longer be available as
an optional anchoring system. Anchors
with the holding power of a 22-lb (10.0-
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35901
kg) Danforth-style anchor at each end of
the net string would provide more
resistance to allow a whale that becomes
entangled to break the line at the weak
links when enough force is exerted.
NMFS believes that this weak link
configuration would result in the whale
either breaking entirely free of the gear
or swimming away with only a portion
of line or gear attached. When a portion
of the gear remains attached to the
whale in this manner, rather than being
wrapped around the whale’s body and
exacerbating the initial entanglement, it
could be shed more easily by the whale
or may be removed through subsequent
disentanglement efforts. NMFS would
like public comment on the proposed
configuration as well as any variations
that would provide conservation
benefits to large whales comparable to
the weak link and anchoring
configuration described above.
Specifically, NMFS is interested in
comments on variations to weak link
and anchoring configurations for
gillnets set within 300 yards (900 ft or
274.3 m) of the shore.
In the Northeast, since the summer of
2001, the NMFS Gear Research Team
has collected information on gillnet gear
fished with five weak links per net
panel, anchored at both ends of the net
string with the holding power of a 22lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor, and
no floating groundline. This gillnet gear
configuration was fished in 15-net
strings in the same manner as
unmodified nets in both 12–25 nm
(22.2–46.3 km) and 80–100 nm (148.2–
185.2 km) offshore locations. Areas
fished with this gear include the Great
South Channel Sliver Area, Jeffreys
Ledge, Cashes Ledge and Platts Bank,
the Outer Falls, and the edge of the
Davis Swell. Conditions included
extremes in current, tides, and weather.
The above configured nets displayed no
problems other than those consistent
with traditionally rigged gillnets in the
Gulf of Maine.
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters—
Currently, the ALWTRP regulates
gillnets in the Mid-Atlantic in an area
designated as the Mid-Atlantic Coastal
Gillnet Waters Area, but does not
regulate the waters between the
Virginia/North Carolina border east of
72°30′ W., and off the coast of South
Carolina to the eastern edge of the EEZ
to protect large whales. Under both
preferred alternatives, the Mid-Atlantic
Coastal Gillnet Waters Area would be
expanded and renamed to include these
currently unregulated waters (which
include a component of the U.S. MidAtlantic coastal gillnet fishery and
Southeast Atlantic gillnet fishery).
Specifically, gillnet fisheries in the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35902
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
waters from 72°30′ W., south to the
Virginia/North Carolina border, east to
the eastern edge of the EEZ, and south
to the South Carolina/Georgia border
would be referred to as Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters (effective 6
months after publication of a final rule).
Anchored gillnet: An anchored gillnet
is defined at 50 CFR 229.2 as ‘‘any
gillnet gear, including a sink gillnet or
stab net, that is set anywhere in the
water column and which is anchored,
secured, or weighted to the bottom of
the sea. Also called a set gillnet.’’ Thus,
ALWTRP anchored gillnet regulations
include those gillnets that are weighted
to the ocean floor, but do not have an
anchor attached on either end.
The current ALWTRP regulations
require anchored gillnet gear to have all
buoys attached to the main buoy line
with a weak link having a maximum
breaking strength no greater than 1,100
lb (498.9 kg), and all net panels must
contain weak links with a maximum
breaking strength no greater than 1,100
lb (498.9 kg) in the middle of each
floatline of each 50 fathom (300 ft or
91.4 m) net panel or every 25 fathoms
(150 ft or 45.7 m) for longer panels.
Under both preferred alternatives, all
gillnets in the Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters must return to port with
the vessel or, if leaving the gear set
overnight, contain five or more weak
links depending on the length of the net
panel, with a maximum breaking
strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9
kg) for each net panel; have an 1,100-lb
(498.9-kg) weak link on all flotation
and/or weighted devices, including
buoys, toggles, and leaded lines
attached to the buoy line; and be
anchored at each end with an anchor
capable of the holding power of at least
a 22-lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor
(effective 6 months after publication of
a final rule). NMFS is proposing this
requirement to reduce entanglements of
large whales at night when gillnet gear
is not returned to port with the vessel.
NMFS seeks public comment on the
proposed weak link configuration as
well as any variations that would
provide conservation benefits to large
whales comparable to the weak link
configuration described above.
Specifically, NMFS is interested in
comments on variations to the location
of weak links within each gillnet
section. In addition, NMFS is interested
in comments on variations to weak link
and anchoring configurations for
gillnets set within 300 yards (900 ft or
274.3 m) of the shore.
Since the spring of 2003, the NMFS
Gear Research Team has been collecting
information on gillnet gear being fished
with the above configuration of net
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
panel weak links in the Mid-Atlantic.
Load cell data collected on vessels
while hauling gear in the Mid-Atlantic
indicate loads similar to those recorded
in New England (approximately 250 to
500 lb (113.4 to 226.8 kg)). In the waters
off Maryland and Virginia, these nets
have been fished close to shore as well
as between 12 to 15 nautical miles (22.2
to 27.8 km) offshore. The above
configured nets displayed no problems
other than those consistent with
traditionally rigged gillnets in the MidAtlantic. It is important to note, while
the strain recorded on buoy systems
during load cell testing can indicate
whether a particular weak link breaking
strength is appropriate, the recorded
strains alone cannot establish weak link
breaking strengths because breaking
strengths must factor in a reasonable
measure of safety to prevent losing gear
at sea during the worst conditions.
Drift gillnet: Under this preferred
alternative, in Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters, when drift gillnet gear is
fished at night (i.e., tended), all net
panels would be required to contain
weak links with a maximum breaking
strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9
kg) in the middle of the floatline of each
50-fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net panel,
or every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m)
for longer panels (effective 6 months
after publication of a final rule).
‘‘Tended’’ is defined at 50 CFR 229.2 to
mean ‘‘fishing gear that is physically
attached to a vessel in a way that is
capable of harvesting fish, or to fish
with gear attached to the vessel’’. This
fishery is not subject to the DAM
program.
Other Southeast Gillnet Waters—
Currently, the regulated waters for the
Southeast Atlantic gillnet fishery extend
from 32°00′ N. (near Savannah, GA) to
27°51′ N. (near Sebastian Inlet, FL) and
east to 80°00′ W., and are referred to as
the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area.
Under this preferred alternative, the
management area for gillnet fisheries
(other than the Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fishery) off
Georgia and Florida would be expanded
and renamed (which includes a
component of the U.S. Mid-Atlantic
coastal gillnet fishery and Southeast
Atlantic gillnet fishery). Specifically,
this proposed rule would define the
waters from the South Carolina/Georgia
border south to 27°51′ N. and out to the
eastern edge of the EEZ as one ALWTRP
management area, renamed as the
‘‘Other Southeast Gillnet Waters’’.
NMFS proposes to change 32°00′ N. to
the South Carolina/Georgia border to
improve and simplify reference to this
management area. In addition, NMFS is
proposing to expand this area to the
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
eastern edge of the EEZ, which would
be consistent with the ALWTRP area
boundary proposed for use in the
Northeast and Mid-Atlantic. Although
the Southeast Atlantic gillnet fishery
does not presently operate out to the
eastern edge of the EEZ, the new
boundary would ensure that any future
expansion of current fisheries or the
introduction of new fisheries would be
covered by the ALWTRP. NMFS
requests comments from the public on
whether it is appropriate at this time to
extend management measures in this
area out to the EEZ.
Gillnetting in the Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area is currently restricted
from November 15 to March 15.
However, a recent review of right whale
sightings data indicates that some
individual animals remain in this area
beyond March 15. Therefore, NMFS is
proposing to expand the restricted
period from November 15 to April 15
from the South Carolina/Georgia border
to 29°00′ N. (near New Smyrna Beach,
FL). NMFS is proposing this measure to
protect large whales, especially right
whales, that remain in the Southeast
Region longer than expected before
beginning their migration north.
Members of the ALWTRT from the
Southeast mackerel fisheries asked
NMFS to consider removing the
restrictions from November 15 to
December 1 in the area south of 29°00′
N., and suggested regulating the
Southeast Atlantic gillnet fishery
through rolling restrictions. After
reviewing the large whale sightings data
for the Southeast Region, NMFS
concluded that rolling restrictions in
this area would be appropriate, and that
the entanglement risk should not
increase because the restricted areas
would coincide with the occurrence and
movements of right whales. Therefore,
ALWTRP regulations for the gillnet
fishery would be effective in the Other
Southeast Gillnet Waters from the South
Carolina/Georgia border to 29°00′ N.
from November 15 to April 15, and
between 29°00′ N. and 27°51′ N. from
December 1 to March 31.
Gillnets: All gillnet gear (excluding
shark gillnets using 5-inch or greater
stretched mesh south of the South
Carolina/Georgia border) would be
regulated in the same manner as the
Mid/South Atlantic anchored gillnet
fishery. NMFS believes this proposal is
appropriate based on similarities
between the Southeast Atlantic and
Mid-Atlantic gillnet fisheries. For
example, the gear fished is constructed
similarly, using approximately the same
size floatline, leadline, mesh size, and
twine diameter. In addition, both the
Southeast Atlantic gillnet fishery and
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
the Mid-Atlantic croaker and mackerel
fisheries deploy their gear without an
anchoring system. Results of NMFS gear
research support the measures
identified in this preferred alternative.
In February 2004, the NMFS Gear
Research Team recorded a maximum
strain of 320 lbs (145.1 kg) when
hauling back an empty, typical sink
gillnet set in 30 ft (9.14 m) of water off
the coast of Florida, which is consistent
with what has been recorded for similar
gear types in the mid-Atlantic. It is
important to note, while the strain
recorded on buoy systems during load
cell testing can indicate whether or not
a particular weak link breaking strength
is appropriate, the recorded strains
alone cannot establish weak link
breaking strengths because breaking
strengths must factor in a reasonable
measure of safety to prevent losing gear
at sea during the worst conditions.
NMFS requests comments from the
public on the proposed gear
modification as well as the issues
identified in the ‘‘Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet’’ section of the proposed rule,
such as the configuration of net panel
weak link.
The regulated waters for the Southeast
Atlantic gillnet fishery south of the
South Carolina/Georgia border to 27°51′
N. and east to the eastern edge of the
EEZ would be required to comply with
the ALWTRP universal gear
requirements (e.g., no buoy line floating
at the surface and no wet storage of
gear), as well as the following: Gillnets
must have all flotation and/or weighted
devices, including buoys, toggles, and
leaded lines, attached to the buoy line
with a weak link having a maximum
breaking strength no greater than 1,100
lb (498.9 kg); and have all net panels
containing weak links with a maximum
breaking strength no greater than 1,100
lb (498.9 kg) in the middle of each
floatline of each 50-fathom (300-ft or
91.4-m) net panel or every 25 fathoms
(150 ft or 45.7 m) for longer panels.
In addition, under this preferred
alternative, all gillnets in the Other
Southeast Gillnet Waters would be
required to return to port with the vessel
or, if leaving the gear set overnight,
contain five or more weak links,
depending on the length of the net
panel, with a maximum breaking
strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9
kg) for each net panel; have an 1,100-lb
(498.9-kg) weak link on each flotation or
weighted device attached to the buoy
line, including toggles, buoys, and
leaded lines; and be anchored at each
end with an anchor capable of the
holding power of at least a 22-lb (10.0kg) Danforth-style anchor (effective six
months after publication). NMFS is
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
proposing this requirement to reduce
entanglements of large whales at night
when gillnet gear is not returned to port
with the vessel. Currently, NMFS
prohibits the straight set of gillnets at
night under the ALWTRP. Currently,
under 50 CFR 229.32, a ‘‘straight set’’ is
defined as a set in which the gillnet is
placed in a line in the water column, as
opposed to a circular set in which the
gillnet is placed to encircle an area in
the water column. Thus, these proposed
requirements would only affect Other
Southeast gillnets that are not returned
to port with the vessel and fished in a
manner different from a straight set.
(See ‘‘Regulatory Language Changes’’ for
further discussion on the definition of
‘‘straight set.’’)
Southeast U.S. Atlantic Shark Gillnet
Fishery
The coastal waters in the southeastern
U.S. were designated as right whale
critical habitat because they are the only
known calving area for the species.
Although shark gillnet gear poses an
entanglement risk to right whales,
especially calves and juveniles, weak
links have not been considered for this
gear type because, in the event of an
entanglement, young right whales are
not believed to be strong enough to
break the weak links. However, due to
the weight of the gear and the safety
needs of the fishery, lowering the
breaking strength of the weak links is
not feasible. In addition, it is generally
thought that gear modifications to
reduce the risk of serious injury and
mortality from entanglement to right
whales and their calves is impractical
for the shark drift gillnet fishery since
‘‘targeting large sharks and trying to
avoid small calves’’ would be difficult
(December 9–10, 1996 ALWTRT
meeting notes). Based on these
biological and operational
considerations, ALWTRT members
negotiated management measures that
would minimize the temporal and
spatial overlap between right whales
and shark fishers early in the ALWTRP
process. Therefore, serious injury and
mortality from entanglement in the
Southeast U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery was addressed through time and
area closures.
Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area and Southern Monitoring Area
Currently, the ALWTRP regulated
waters for the Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fishery that extend
from 32°00′ N. (near Savannah, GA) to
27°51′ N. (near Sebastian Inlet, FL) and
out to 80°00′ W. are referred to as the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area. The
ALWTRP regulated waters for the
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35903
Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery that extend from 32°00′ N. (near
Savannah, GA) to 26°46.5′ N. (near West
Palm Beach, FL) and out to 80°00′ W.
are referred to as the Southeast U.S.
Observer Area. Under this preferred
alternative, the Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fishery’s
management areas would be expanded
and renamed. Specifically, the regulated
waters would be extended north to the
South Carolina/Georgia border and out
to the eastern boundary of the EEZ,
which would be consistent with the
proposed eastern boundary for
ALWTRP-regulated waters in the
Northeast and Mid-Atlantic. Although
the shark gillnet fishery does not
presently operate out to the eastern
boundary of the EEZ, the proposed
boundary would ensure that any future
expansion of current fisheries or the
introduction of new fisheries operating
in these waters would be covered by the
ALWTRP. A change in the northern
boundary—from 32°00′ N. to the South
Carolina/Georgia border—is proposed to
improve and simplify reference to this
management area. Renaming the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area as the
‘‘Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area,’’ and the portion of the Southeast
U.S. Observer Area, which does not
include the Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area, as the ‘‘Southern Monitoring
Area’’ is intended to better distinguish
the two separate areas that are being
managed under the ALWTRP. NMFS
believes that this proposed renaming
would help facilitate the public’s
understanding of the regulations.
Under the current ALWTRP
regulations, shark gillnetting is
prohibited from November 15 through
March 31 in the Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area. However, a recent
review of right whale sightings data
indicates that some whales do remain in
the Restricted Area past March 31.
Therefore, under this preferred
alternative, in order to protect large
whales (especially right whales) that
remain in this area, NMFS is proposing
to extend the closed period for shark
gillnetting to November 15 through
April 15 from the South Carolina/
Georgia border to 29°00′ N. (near New
Smyrna Beach, FL).
Members of the ALWTRT from the
Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery asked NMFS to consider
removing the restrictions from
November 15 through December 1 in the
area south of 29°00′ N., and suggested
regulating the shark gillnet fishery
through rolling restrictions. After
reviewing the large whale sightings data
for the Southeast Region, NMFS agrees
that rolling restrictions in this area are
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35904
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
acceptable because the entanglement
risk should not increase since the
restrictions would coincide with the
occurrence and movements of right
whales. Therefore, under this preferred
alternative, the current ALWTRP
regulations for the Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fishery would be
effective in the Northern Monitoring
and Restricted Area and Southern
Monitoring Area from the South
Carolina/Georgia border to 29°00′ N.
from November 15 through April 15,
and between 29°00′ N. and 26°46.5′ N.
from December 1 through March 31.
Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) in Lieu
of 100-Percent Observer Coverage
NMFS is proposing the use of VMS in
lieu of the 100-percent observer
coverage requirement for the shark
gillnet fishery under the ALWTRP. VMS
was originally considered by the full
ALWTRT as an alternative to 100percent observer coverage as early as
January 1997, and again in June 1999. In
July 2000, the ALWTRT’s Southeast
subgroup agreed to using VMS in lieu of
100-percent observer coverage. NMFS
believes that replacing the 100-percent
observer coverage requirement with
VMS is appropriate because VMS would
be a more effective tool for monitoring
the implementation of ALWTRP
regulations for time/area closures than
observers. NMFS policy regarding the
role of observers is not to enforce
regulations, but rather to merely observe
fishing operations. VMS would also be
more cost effective for the agency to
implement than an observer program,
which would allow NMFS to redirect
funds to observer programs in other
high priority fisheries in the Southeast
where observer coverage may be
lacking. Although 100-percent observer
coverage would no longer be required
under this proposal, NMFS would retain
observer coverage sufficient to produce
statistically reliable results to evaluate
the impact of the fishery on protected
resources. In light of the proposed
change from 100-percent observer
coverage to VMS, NMFS is proposing to
change the name of the ‘‘Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area’’ to ‘‘Northern
Monitoring and Restricted Area’’, and
designate the portion of the Southeast
U.S. ‘‘Observer Area’’ not included by
the Restricted Area as the ‘‘Southern
Monitoring Area’’. NMFS is soliciting
public comments regarding utilizing
VMS as a tool for enforcing the
ALWTRP regulations for time/area
closures.
This proposed change is also
consistent with the measures provided
by Amendment 1 to the Highly
Migratory Species (HMS) FMP (68 FR
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
74746, 69 FR 19979, and 69 FR 28106),
which requires shark gillnet vessels
with gillnet gear on board, regardless of
their location, to employ a NOAA
approved Vessel Monitoring System
during the right whale calving season
specified in the ALWTRP regulations.
Currently, as stated in the August 17,
2004, final rule (69 FR 51010) specifying
November 15, 2004 as the effective date
of this requirement, the applicable right
whale calving season is identified as
November 15 through March 31. This
proposed rule would change the season
specified in those regulations to
November 15 through April 15, and
amend the regulatory text in 50 CFR
635.69(a)(3) regarding the HMS VMS
requirement for shark gillnet vessels.
Changes Proposed for Other Gillnet
Gear
Northeast Anchored Float Gillnet
Fishery
Anchored float gillnets are anchored
to the ocean floor with lines running
from the anchors to the nets at the
surface, and have the potential to
entangle, seriously injure, and kill large
whales. This preferred alternative
would regulate the Northeast anchored
float gillnet fishery according to the
requirements for the Northeast anchored
gillnet fishery requirements. In addition,
under this preferred alternative, this
fishery would be subject to the SAM
and DAM programs until 2008 and to
seasonal closures in right whale critical
habitat. Fishermen using Northeast
anchored float gillnets would be
prohibited from fishing inside the Cape
Cod Bay Critical Habitat annually from
January 1 through May 15, and inside
the Great South Channel Critical Habitat
from April 1 through June 30.
Northeast Driftnet Fishery
This preferred alternative would
regulate the Northeast driftnet fishery
(i.e., nets that are present at the ocean
surface and are not anchored to the
ocean floor on either end) according to
the requirements for the Mid-Atlantic
drift gillnet fishery. The Northeast
driftnet fishery would not be subject to
the SAM and DAM programs, but
driftnets would be prohibited from Cape
Cod Bay from January 1 through May 15
and from the Great South Channel from
April 1 through June 30 (similar to the
requirements for anchored gillnet),
except for the Sliver Area, where
modified driftnets would be allowed.
Changes Proposed for All Gillnet Gear
Broad-based Gear Modifications: Most
of the broad-based gear modifications
identified in this preferred alternative
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
would become effective 6 months after
publication of a final rule, except for the
groundline requirement discussed
below, which would be phased in. In
2008, when the sinking/neutrally
buoyant groundline requirement
becomes fully effective, the proposed
groundline requirement would replace
the SAM and DAM programs. However,
until this occurs in 2008, some of the
other gillnet fisheries that would be
added to the ALWTRP would be subject
to the SAM and DAM programs. NMFS
would like public comment on the
proposed gear modifications as well as
any variations that would provide
conservation benefits to large whales
comparable to the measures described
above. Specifically, NMFS is interested
in comments on whether installing gear
modifications are warranted for gear
that is tended and/or actively fished
(i.e., gear that is in close proximity to
the vessel and has a maximum soak
time).
Seasons and Boundaries: Under this
preferred alternative, an area bounded
on the west by a line running from the
Rhode Island/Connecticut border
(41°18.2′ N. and 71°51.5′ W.; Watch
Hill, RI), south to 40°00′ N., and east to
the eastern edge of the EEZ would be
created. The gillnet gear fished in this
area would be required to incorporate
current and proposed broad-based gear
modifications year-round. Gillnet gear
fished in the area south of this area to
the South Carolina/Georgia border
would require the broad-based gear
modifications detailed above from
September to May. Gillnet fishing in the
area south of the South Carolina/Georgia
border would require the broad-based
gear modifications in the following
areas and seasonal time periods: All
gillnet fisheries (Southeast Atlantic and
Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark)
between the South Carolina/Georgia
border and 29°00′ N. from November
15–April 15; Southeast Atlantic gillnet
fishery between 29°00′ N. and 27°51′ N.
from December 1–March 31; and
Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fisheries between 29°00′ N. and 26°46.5′
N. from December 1–March 31.
Sinking/Neutrally Buoyant
Groundlines: Under this preferred
alternative, the Northeast anchored
gillnet, Mid-Atlantic anchored gillnet,
and Southeast Atlantic gillnet fisheries
currently regulated by the ALWTRP,
and the Northeast anchored float gillnet
fishery, which would be added by this
proposed rule, would be required to use
groundline composed entirely of sinking
and/or neutrally buoyant line in the
areas and time periods covered under
the ALWTRP in 2008. Though this
requirement would not become fully
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
effective until 2008, NMFS believes that
fishermen will begin to phase in this
type of groundline prior to that date.
Weak Links: Under this preferred
alternative, to further reduce the risk of
serious injury and mortality from
entanglement in gillnet gear, weak links
of the appropriate breaking strength
would be required on all flotation
devices and/or weighted devices
attached to the buoy line such as buoys,
toggles, and/or leaded lines (effective 6
months after publication of a final rule).
If a buoy, toggle, or weighted device is
not attached to the buoy line with a
weak link, a buoy line that becomes
entangled through the mouth of a whale
may be prevented from passing through
the whale’s baleen, and may result in a
more complicated entanglement.
Adding a weak link on all devices
attached to the buoy line increases the
likelihood that a line sliding through a
whale’s mouth will break away quickly
at the buoy before the whale begins to
thrash and become further entangled.
This requirement would apply to all
current and proposed ALWTRP
regulated areas and gillnet fisheries. The
weak link requirement is intended to
reduce the risk of entanglement and
serious injury or mortality due to
entanglements in buoy lines and surface
systems.
Other Changes Proposed for All Trap/
Pot and Gillnet Gear Gear Marking: It is
often difficult to identify the gear that a
whale becomes entangled in, with
respect to a particular fishery, because
entangled whales often carry only a
portion of the gear encountered and
disentanglement efforts sometimes
recover only a portion of the remaining
gear. Therefore, improved gear marking
requirements would assist NMFS in its
efforts to develop better gear
configurations by providing more
information about the fisheries and
specific parts of fishing gear that are
incidentally entangling, seriously
injuring, or killing whales. Information
provided from improved gear marking
could also be used to determine the type
of gear involved and the location of the
entanglement event, which would
enable NMFS to focus future
management measures on specific
problem areas.
The current gear marking scheme
requires one 4-inch (10.2 cm) colored
mark midway along the buoy line.
Under this proposed rule, NMFS would
modify the gear marking scheme and
expand requirements to fisheries and
areas not previously regulated under the
ALWTRP or required to mark gear, such
as the Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot
Waters, Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet
Waters, and the Other Southeast Gillnet
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Waters. The proposed gear marking
scheme would be required on all surface
buoys to identify the vessel registration
number, vessel documentation number,
Federal permit number, or whatever
positive identification marking is
required by the vessel’s home-port state.
The method for marking buoy lines
would be modified to require one 4-inch
(10.2-cm) colored mark every 10
fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m), or one 4-inch
(10.2-cm) colored mark in the center of
the buoy line for lines that are less than
10 fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m). Under this
proposed rule, the color and marking
scheme for nets used in the
Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery would remain status quo and
only buoy lines greater than 4 ft (1.2 m)
in length would need to be marked for
this fishery.
Trap/pot gear marking colors: The
ALWTRP currently requires fishermen
to mark their trap/pot buoy lines with
one red 4-inch (10.2 cm) mark while
they fish in the following management
areas: Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area
(January 1 through May 15), Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters, and
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge. To
remain consistent with the current gear
marking color scheme in the North
Atlantic, under this proposed rule,
NMFS would require red marking on
the buoy lines of trap/pot gear fished in
Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters.
The current trap/pot gear marking color
in the Great South Channel Critical
Habitat is black. However, under this
proposed rule, for consistency with
nearby management areas, the Great
South Channel Critical Habitat gear
marking color would be either black or
red, depending on the area of overlap
with offshore (i.e., LMA 2⁄3 Overlap and
LMA3) and nearshore areas (i.e., LMA 2
and the Outer Cape). The gear marking
colors for trap/pot gear in the Southern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters and Offshore
Trap/Pot Waters would remain orange
and black, respectively.
Gillnet gear marking colors: Currently,
one green, 4-inch (10.2-cm) mark is
required on each gillnet buoy line in the
following areas: Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area, Great South Channel
Critical Habitat, Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge, and Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters. Under this proposed
rule, for consistency with the gillnet
gear marking scheme in the Northeast
Atlantic, NMFS would require one 4inch (10.2-cm) green mark every 10
fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m) or in the center
of the buoy line for lines that are 10
fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m) or less for the
two new fisheries that would be added
to the ALWTRP: Northeast driftnet and
Northeast anchored float gillnet.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35905
Currently, there is no gear marking
requirement for the two gillnet fisheries
operating in the Mid-Atlantic: the MidAtlantic anchored gillnet and MidAtlantic drift gillnet. Under this
proposed rule, NMFS would require
that these fisheries mark their buoy
lines with one 4-inch (10.2-cm) blue
mark every 10 fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m)
or in the center of the buoy line for lines
that are 10 fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m) or
less.
Under this proposed rule, the
Southeast Atlantic gillnet fishery would
be required to mark their buoy lines
with one 4-inch (10.2-cm) yellow mark
every 10 fathoms in the same manner as
the Mid-Atlantic gillnet fisheries. As
mentioned above, the color and marking
scheme for nets used in the
Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery would remain status quo and
only buoy lines greater than 4 ft (1.2 m)
in length would need to be marked.
Critical Habitat: In 2003, NMFS
published a final determination (68 FR
51758, August 28, 2003) on a petition to
revise right whale critical habitat. NMFS
determined that the requested revision
to critical habitat, as suggested by the
petitioner, was not warranted at that
time. However, NMFS indicated that it
would continue to analyze the physical
and biological habitat features essential
to the conservation of right whales. For
example, in the Southeast U.S., NMFS
and others are analyzing right whale
distribution data in relation to
bathymetry and sea surface temperature.
In the Northeast U.S., NMFS and others
are characterizing the spatial and
temporal distribution of zooplankton in
the Gulf of Maine. If a revision of
critical habitat is warranted in the
future, NMFS will provide notice to the
public as required by the ESA. When
this process is complete, NMFS will
begin discussions with the ALWTRT
and consider whether the current
restrictions in critical habitat should be
modified.
Exempted Waters
Coastal exempted waters: The
ALWTRP currently exempts all waters
landward of the first bridge over any
embayment, harbor, or inlet and, from
North Carolina to Florida, waters
landward of the 72 COLREGS
demarcation line (International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea, 1972), as depicted or noted on
nautical charts published by NOAA
(Coast Charts 1:80,000 scale), and as
described in 33 CFR part 80. Some bays
that do not have bridges over them are
also exempted, including, but not
limited to, Long Island Sound and
Gardiners Bay. In response to requests
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35906
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
by ALWTRT members for NMFS to
consider adding new exempted areas or
modifying existing ones under the
ALWTRP, NMFS has re-examined the
current exemption lines and analyzed
right, humpback, and fin whale
sightings distribution data from 1960 to
2002 obtained from the NARW sightings
database. NMFS also analyzed a right,
humpback, and fin whale sightings
database compiled by the Maine
Department of Marine Resources, which
includes sightings reported by the
Maine Marine Patrol, whale watch
vessels, etc. These data were plotted
onto NOAA digital charts using
MapTech Chart Navigator software.
The analysis of sightings data along
the east coast indicated that endangered
large whales rarely venture into bays,
harbors, or inlets. To be consistent
throughout the east coast, under this
proposed rule, with the exceptions
detailed below, NMFS would exempt all
marine and tidal waters landward of the
72 COLREGS demarcation lines. The 72
COLREGS lines are well known and
widely published lines of demarcation.
NMFS believes that this change to the
exempted waters is responsive and
appropriate based on sightings data
analysis. In areas where 72 COLREGS
do not exist, or where NMFS does not
consider the 72 COLREGS to be the
most appropriate exemption line, other
exemption lines are proposed.
Currently, the exempted waters in the
Gulf of Maine (waters off Maine, New
Hampshire, and Massachusetts) include
those waters landward of the first bridge
over any embayment, harbor, or inlet. In
2003, the State of Maine asked NMFS to
re-examine the ALWTRP exempted state
waters in Maine and submitted a
proposed exemption line to NMFS.
NMFS analyzed this line with respect to
the URI’s large whale sightings data and
current exemption lines in other states.
Although NMFS acknowledges that the
jagged Maine coastline presents a
difficult situation for exempting certain
state waters, NMFS concluded that
Maine’s proposed exemption line did
not provide an adequate level of
protection; therefore, NMFS is
proposing to use an alternate exemption
strategy (Figure 1).
Under this proposed rule, NMFS
would use the 72 COLREGS line to mark
exempted waters for Casco Bay, as this
is the only 72 COLREGS line for Maine.
NMFS proposes to use the territorial sea
baselines to exempt Little River,
Pleasant Bay, Narraguagus Bay, Pigeon
Hill Bay, Frenchman Bay, Johns Bay,
Muscongus Bay, and Saco Bay. Note
that the territorial sea baselines should
not be confused with the 12-nautical
mile (22.2-km) territorial sea and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
contiguous zone line. To exempt
Penobscot and Blue Hill Bays, NMFS
would adapt five of the coordinates
from the exemption line proposed by
Maine. Finally, NMFS would create
exemption lines for the remaining inlets
in Maine, consistent with the exemption
lines along the coast, which are drawn
across the entrances to harbors, bays,
and inlets.
In Maine, NMFS was also able to
consider satellite tracking data for right
whales to analyze the occurrence of
these animals inside current and
proposed exemption lines. Specifically,
NMFS reviewed a paper entitled
‘‘Satellite-Monitored Movements of the
Northern Right Whale’’ (Mate et al.,
1997). According to the findings of Mate
et al. (1997), right whales tagged in the
Bay of Fundy (BOF) traversed different
types of areas, including banks, basins,
upwellings, thermal fronts, and edges of
warm core rings, all of which typically
exhibit high concentrations of
zooplankton. The extensive movements
of tagged whales most likely indicate
that the whales are searching for food
that is primarily found in high-use areas
such as the BOF, rather than in the
coastal waters of Maine.
In two areas, Boston Harbor and
Gardiners Bay, NMFS would not
propose using the 72 COLREGS lines
and instead proposes to create a
different exemption line (Figure 2). The
72 COLREGS line for Boston Harbor is
unique in that it forms a triangle by
extending from the easternmost tower at
Nahant out to the Boston Lighted Horn
Buoy ‘‘B’’ and back to the easternmost
radio tower at Hull. NMFS’’ analysis of
the sightings data found that two right
whales have been reported inside the 72
COLREGS line, one in 1996 and another
in 2002. Therefore, rather than using the
72 COLREGS line to exempt Boston
Harbor, NMFS would create an
exemption line that would connect Deer
Island to Lovell Island, and Lovell
Island to the tip of Hull. Gardiners Bay
is currently exempted according to a
line that connects Montauk Point to the
eastern tip of Plum Island. This line
differs from the 72 COLREGS lines,
which outline the inside of the Bay.
Under this proposed rule, NMFS would
continue to use the current exemption
line as analysis of the sightings database
held at URI has documented only one
right whale near the mouth of Gardiners
Bay in 1993.
At this time, NMFS does not believe
that regulating the waters proposed for
exemption from the ALWTRP, including
Gardiners Bay, would benefit large
whales. Based on analysis of sightings
data, NMFS understands that large
whales may occasionally be reported in
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
exempted waters, but believes that these
occurrences are rare. If, in the future,
whales are more frequently reported in
exempted waters, NMFS would
reevaluate the exemption lines for those
particular areas to evaluate whether
changes are needed.
In New Hampshire, waters currently
exempted from the ALWTRP regulations
are those landward of the first bridge
over any embayment, harbor, or inlet.
Based on analysis of sightings data in
New Hampshire waters, NMFS is
proposing to exempt three harbors.
Portsmouth Harbor would be exempted
according to the 72 COLREGS
demarcation line, which is the only 72
COLREGS line found in the state. In
addition, NMFS would exempt Rye and
Hampton Harbors according to the lines
drawn across the headlands, which
mark their entrances to the sea. NMFS
believes the waters proposed for
exemption are appropriate and do not
compromise the overall entanglement
risk reduction strategy provided by the
ALWTRP as there have been no reported
sightings of endangered whales in these
areas.
In Massachusetts, NMFS also
compared large whale sightings data to
the current exempted waters. Based on
the analysis, under this proposed rule,
the following additional waters would
be exempted according to the 72
COLREGS demarcation lines:
Annisquam Harbor, Gloucester Harbor,
Salem Sound (includes Manchester and
Marblehead Harbors), Cape Cod Canal,
and Buzzards Bay (see Figure 2 for
clarification of the exemption lines for
Boston Harbor and Buzzards Bay).
Where 72 COLREGS lines do not exist
in Massachusetts, NMFS would create
exemption lines across most small bays,
harbors, and inlets. According to the
sightings data, except for the area
designated as right whale critical habitat
in Cape Cod Bay, large whales are
seldom reported in the small bays and
harbors along the inside edge of Cape
Cod, with the exception of
Provincetown Harbor, which would not
be exempted. NMFS would also exempt
small harbors and inlets along the inner
and outer edge of Cape Cod that have
sandy shoals at their entrances because
analysis of the sightings database
indicates that large whales have not
been reported in these areas.
In Rhode Island, all embayments,
harbors, and inlets are currently
exempted under the ALWTRP. Under
this proposed rule, NMFS would clarify
that the current exemption line
coordinates drawn for Narragansett Bay
and the Sakonnet River match the 72
COLREGS lines for these waters (Figure
2). To date, two large whales, an
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
entangled humpback and a juvenile fin
whale, were reported in Narragansett
Bay inside exempted waters. However,
no evidence exists to suggest that the
humpback became entangled inside the
Bay. Preliminary reports of the fin
whale indicate that the animal was
separated from its mother, entered the
Bay, and subsequently stranded in
shallow water. Therefore, this proposed
rule would not modify the exemption
lines for Rhode Island.
In New York, with the exception of
New York Harbor, all embayments,
harbors, and inlets are currently
exempted under the ALWTRP. Under
this proposed rule, these exempted
waters would remain unchanged as,
according to the sightings database held
at URI, sightings of live right, fin, or
humpback whales inside these waters
are rare. However, NMFS would clarify
that the current exemption lines for
Long Island Sound, Shinnecock Bay
Inlet, Moriches Bay Inlet, Fire Island
Inlet, and Jones Inlet, and New York
Harbor match the 72 COLREGS
demarcation lines. In addition, NMFS
would propose an exemption for New
York Harbor based on the 72 COLREGS
line as there have been no reported
sightings of live right, fin, or humpback
whales inside the harbor.
In New Jersey, the current exempted
waters (Barnegat Inlet, Beach Haven to
Brigantine Inlet, and Cape May Inlet) are
nearly identical to the 72 COLREGS
lines. Under this proposed rule, these
exempted waters would remain largely
unchanged because there have been no
reported sightings of live right, fin, or
humpback whales inside these waters.
Therefore, under this proposed rule,
NMFS would clarify that the entire
coast of New Jersey would be exempted
landward of the 72 COLREGS
demarcation lines. However, the
exemption line for Barnegat Inlet would
be relocated slightly east of the current
exemption line to make it consistent
with the 72 COLREGS demarcation line.
In Delaware Bay, the current
exemption line is located approximately
halfway up the Bay, at 39°16.70′ N.,
75°14.60′ W. to 39°11.25′ N., 75°23.90′
W. (i.e., southern point of Nantuxent
Cove, NJ to the southern end of Kelly
Island, Port Mahon, DE). Delaware Bay
is considered comparable to other large
bays in the Mid-Atlantic, such as Long
Island Sound and Chesapeake Bay,
which are exempted landward of the 72
COLREGS line and landward of the first
bridge at the mouth of the Bay,
respectively. Large whale sightings
inside Delaware Bay are thought to be
rare and NMFS does not believe that
including the Bay would provide a
conservation benefit to the whales
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
covered by the ALWTRP. Therefore,
under this proposed rule, NMFS would
redefine this line as the 72 COLREGS
demarcation line, which is a line drawn
from Cape May Light to Harbor of
Refuge Light; thence to the
northernmost extremity of Cape
Henlopen (Figure 3).
In general, along the Maryland and
Virginia coasts, the current exemption
lines match the 72 COLREGS lines.
However, the current exemption line
from Chincoteague to Ship Shoal Inlet
crosses the three nautical mile (5.6 km)
state waters line, which is not consistent
with the 72 COLREGS lines. Based on
analysis of URI’s large whale sightings
database, NMFS believes that exempting
all bays, harbors, and inlets that occur
between Delaware and Chesapeake Bays
according to the 72 COLREGS lines
would not compromise the conservation
of large whales protected by the
ALWTRP. Under this proposed rule,
this would include Chesapeake Bay,
which is currently exempted landward
of the Chesapeake Bay Bridge-Tunnel,
located just west of the 72 COLREGS
line. NMFS believes that, due to the lack
of reported large whale sightings in
Chesapeake Bay, the slight seaward
movement of the current exemption line
to the 72 COLREGS line would not
compromise the goal of reducing serious
injury and mortality of large whales
from entanglement. In addition, the
current exemption line for Smith Island
Inlet would be removed from the
exempted waters section of the
regulations because the 72 COLREGS
line for Chesapeake Bay includes the
entrance to this inlet (see Figure 4 for
exemption lines for Chesapeake Bay).
Under this proposed rule, the current
exemption lines in the Southeast (North
Carolina to Florida) would remain
unchanged. However, Captain Sam’s
Inlet (South Carolina) would be added
to the exempted waters section of the
regulations because it does not have a
72 COLREGS line. Right whales occur
very close to shore during the winter
months when they are located in their
winter calving grounds. Right whales
have been reported inside some of the
bays and rivers in the Southeast,
particularly in Georgia and Florida.
However, based on sightings data,
NMFS believes these occurrences are
rare, and that removing the exemption
lines for those waters would not provide
discernable additional conservation
benefit to right whales.
Offshore exempted areas: Scientific
research indicates that most large
whales on the east coast typically do not
dive to depths as great as 280 fathoms
(1,680 ft or 512.1 m). For example, in a
3-year study by Mate et al. (1997) to
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35907
determine summer and fall right whale
habitat use patterns, nine right whales
were tagged in the Bay of Fundy with
satellite-monitored radiotags and their
behaviors were monitored for an average
of 21.7 days. According to this study, 80
percent of the recorded right whale
locations occurred in waters less than
100 fathoms (600 ft or 182.9 m) in
depth.
Based on a review of the best
available scientific information, NMFS
has determined that exempting waters at
depths greater than 275 fathoms (502.9
m) would not increase the risk of large
whale entanglement in groundlines, as
most large whales are not known to dive
to these depths. To account for
variations in groundline profiles, NMFS
added five fathoms (30 ft or 9.1 m) to
achieve an offshore exemption depth of
280 fathoms (1,680 ft or 512.1 m).
Therefore, this proposed rule would
exempt fishermen from the requirement
to use sinking and/or neutrally buoyant
groundlines in waters deeper than 280
fathoms (1,680 ft or 512.1 m).
Regulatory Language Changes
Weak links: The ALWTRT
recommended that, for consistency,
NMFS should change all headings for
weak links in the ALWTRP regulations
from ‘‘Weak Links on All Buoy Lines,’’
‘‘Buoy Weak Links,’’ and ‘‘Buoy Line
Weak Links’’ to simply ‘‘Weak Links.’’
The ALWTRT also recommended that
NMFS clarify that weak links should be
placed as close to the buoy as
operationally feasible. Therefore, under
this proposed rule, when referring to the
techniques for meeting the weak link
requirements, the wording would be
changed from, ‘‘All buoy lines must be
attached to the main buoy with a weak
link that meets the following
specifications,’’ to read, ‘‘All flotation
devices or weights must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device, and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications’’.
NMFS would also clarify that weak
links must be placed on all buoys,
toggles, high-flyers, and/or weighted
devices, etc. that are attached to the
buoy line, and not just the main buoy.
The ALWTRP currently provides
specifications for the weak links, and
wherever weak links are mentioned, this
proposed rule would add to the
regulatory text that weak links must be
designed such that the bitter end (the
loose end of the line that has detached
from the weak link) of the buoy line is
clean and free of any knots when the
link breaks, and that splices are not
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35908
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
considered to be knots for the purposes
of this provision.
In a final rule published on January
10, 2002, the use of line 7⁄16 inch in
diameter or less for all buoy lines was
removed as an option from the
ALWTRP’s Take Reduction Technology
Lists, as the breaking strength of 7⁄16
inch line can vary dramatically (67 FR
1300). Therefore, because the diameter
of line is not appropriate to use for risk
reduction, NMFS would also change the
text that describes the list of approved
weak links. Specifically, the regulatory
text referring to ‘‘rope of appropriate
diameter’’ would be changed to ‘‘rope of
appropriate breaking strength’’.
Where the weak link requirements are
referred to, this proposed rule would
include references to a brochure
entitled, ‘‘Techniques for Making Weak
Links and Marking Buoy Lines,’’ and
provide information about how to
obtain a copy. This brochure outlines
the weak link techniques currently
approved by NMFS to assist in
compliance with the regulations. NMFS
would continue to encourage fishermen
to develop additional techniques for
complying with the weak link
requirements and submit them for
testing by the NMFS Gear Research
Team.
This proposed rule would amend the
current regulatory text describing the
placement of weak links in the floatline
of gillnet panels. Specifically, the text
would be modified to change the
requirements for the placement of weak
links in net panels that are shorter than
50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m). Currently
in the Mid-Atlantic, the regulations
require: ‘‘Weak links must be inserted in
the center of the floatline of each 50fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net panel in
a net string or every 25 fathoms (150 ft
or 45.7 m) for longer panels.’’ This
proposed rule would modify the
requirements in the Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters and add requirements for
the Other Southeast Gillnet Waters as
follows: ‘‘Weak links must be placed in
the center of the floatline of each net
panel up to and including 50 fathoms
(300 ft or 91.4 m), or at least every 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) along the
floatline for longer panels.’’ NMFS
would like public comment on the
proposed weak link configuration as
well as any variations that would
provide conservation benefits to large
whales comparable to the weak link
configuration described above.
Specifically, NMFS is interested in
comments on variations to the location
of weak links within each gillnet
section. In addition, NMFS would like
public comment on the proposed
modifications to the regulatory language
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
the agency is considering as well as any
variations that would provide a
conservation benefit to large whale
comparable to those discussed in this
proposed rule. Specifically, NMFS is
interested in comments on whether
modifications to the regulations are
needed to clarify that if the floatline and
up and down lines of a net panel break
at or below the required breaking
strength, then inserting a weak link
would not be required.
This proposed rule would also amend
the requirements for the placement of
weak links in the SAM areas and other
applicable areas where more than one
weak link is required for net panels of
lengths up to and including 50 fathoms,
(300 ft or 91.4 m) as well as those greater
than 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m).
Currently, the text reads, ‘‘[e]ach net
panel must have a total of five weak
links * * * Three of the five weak links
must be located on the floatline. One
floatline weak link must be placed at the
center of the net panel, and two weak
links must be placed as close as possible
to each of the bridle ends of the net
panel. The remaining two of the five
weak links must be placed in the center
of each of the up and down lines at
either end of each panel.’’ This
proposed rule would amend the text to
require, ‘‘For all variations in panel size,
the following weak link requirements
apply: (1) Weak links must be placed in
the center of each of the up and down
lines at both ends of the net panel; and
(2) One floatline weak link must be
placed as close as possible to each end
of the net panel where the floatline
meets the up and down line. For net
panels of 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m)
or less in length, one weak link must be
placed in the center of the floatline. For
net panels of 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4
m) or greater in length, weak links must
be placed at least every 25 fathoms (150
ft or 45.7 m) along the floatline.’’
Groundlines: This proposed rule
would clarify that fishermen may use
sinking and/or neutrally buoyant line
for their groundlines and buoy lines.
This language is used inconsistently in
the current regulations. For example,
from January 1 through May 15 in the
Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area, the
current regulations allow only sinking
line. Under this proposed rule, from
January 1 through May 15 fishermen
would be allowed to use sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant groundlines in the
Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area.
Similarly, for the SAM gear
modifications, fishermen are currently
required to use sinking or neutrally
buoyant groundlines; this proposed rule
would allow the use of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant groundlines.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Where sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is required for groundlines,
this proposed rule would prohibit the
attachment of flotation devices, such as
buoys and toggles. This would clarify
the proposed prohibition on floating
groundlines by expanding the
prohibition to the attachment of any
devices that cause groundlines to float
into the water column, to reduce the
risk of entangling large whales.
Other Regulatory Language Changes
The following changes to the current
ALWTRP regulations are proposed to
improve consistency and clarity:
Gillnet Take Reduction Technology
List: In 2002, NMFS published a final
rule (67 FR 1300, January 10, 2002) that
replaced the Gillnet Take Reduction
Technology List with specific
requirements for gillnet gear in the MidAtlantic; however, the list was left in
the regulations. This proposed rule
would delete the Gillnet Take Reduction
Technology List. The proposal to
remove the Gillnet Take Reduction
Technology List from the ALWTRP
should not be construed to mean that
NMFS would not consider a similar
type of management approach in the
future if appropriate.
Anchoring clarification: This
proposed rule would add language
clarifying how to comply with the
holding power of a 22-lb (10.0-kg)
Danforth-style anchoring requirement
for anchored gillnet fishing gear in the
Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, and Southeast.
The text to be added would read as
follows: ‘‘All anchored gillnets,
regardless of the number of net panels,
must be secured at each end of the net
string with a burying anchor (an anchor
that holds through the use of a fluke,
spade, plow, or pick) having the holding
capacity equal to or greater than a 22lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor. Dead
weights do not meet this requirement.’’
SAM clarification: This proposed rule
would clarify that for gillnet and trap/
pot fisheries, the Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area overlaps
with SAM West boundaries. Thus, the
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area would be added to the
list of ALWTRP management areas
under the SAM section of the
regulations.
Terminology: For consistency, in the
‘‘Other Provisions’’ section of the
ALWTRP regulations, this proposed rule
would change the term ‘‘Cape Cod Bay
Critical Habitat’’ to ‘‘Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area.’’ In addition, this
proposed rule would change the name
of the ‘‘Southeast U.S. Restricted Area’’
to ‘‘Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area’’, and designate the portion of the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Southeast U.S. Observer Area not
included by the Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area as the ‘‘Southern
Monitoring Area’’.
Definitions: The proposed rule would
also add a definition in § 229.2 for
‘‘Sunrise’’ as follows: ‘‘Sunrise means
the time of sunrise as determined for the
date and location in the Nautical
Almanac, prepared by the U.S. Naval
Observatory.’’ The proposed rule would
also add a definition in § 229.2 for
‘‘Sunset’’ as follows: ‘‘Sunset means the
time of sunset as determined for the
date and location in the Nautical
Almanac, prepared by the U.S. Naval
Observatory.’’
The proposed rule would move the
definition of a ‘‘Straight set or to fish
with gillnet gear in a straight set’’ from
the section of the regulatory text
containing the restrictions applicable to
southeast Atlantic gillnet gear in
§ 229.32 and add it to the definitions
section in § 229.2. The definition would
be modified slightly to note the
distinction between a straight set and a
strikenet by adding ‘‘(not Strikenet)’’ to
the end of the current definition to read
as follows: ‘‘Straight set or to fish with
gillnet gear in a straight set means a set
in which the gillnet gear is placed in a
line in the water column, as opposed to
a circular set in which the gillnet is
placed to encircle an area in the water
column (not Strikenet).’’ In addition, the
definition for ‘‘Strikenet or to fish with
strikenet gear’’ found in § 229.2 would
be modified to mean ‘‘a method or
technique of net deployment which is
intended to encircle or enclose an area
of water either with the net or by
utilizing the shoreline to complete
encirclement (not Straight set).’’
The proposed rule would add the
following definition to § 229.2 for
‘‘Bottom portion of the line’’: ‘‘Bottom
portion of the line means, for buoy lines,
the portion of the line in the water
column that is closest to the fishing
gear.’’ This definition is proposed to
clarify the regulatory requirements for
allowing, where applicable, floating line
in a section of the buoy line not to
exceed one-third the overall length of
the buoy line.
The proposed rule would also revise
the terms ‘‘Lobster trap’’ and ‘‘Lobster
trap trawl’’ to ‘‘Trap/pot’’ and ‘‘Trap/pot
trawl’’ to reflect the broader scope of the
ALWTRP once the new trap/pot
fisheries are included under the
management regime. The term ‘‘Trap/
pot’’ would be defined to mean ‘‘any
structure or other device, other than a
net or longline, that is placed, or
designed to be placed, on the ocean
bottom and is designed for or is capable
of, catching lobster, crab (red, Jonah,
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
rock, and blue), hagfish, finfish (black
sea bass, scup, tautog, cod, haddock,
pollock, redfish (ocean perch), and
white hake), conch/whelk, and shrimp.’’
The term ‘‘Trap/pot trawl’’ would be
defined to mean ‘‘two or more traps/
pots attached to a single groundline.’’
These definitions would only apply to
the trap/pot fisheries that would be
regulated under the ALWTRP.
Prohibitions: The proposed rule
would revise the language in § 229.3
and § 229.32 regarding the activities
prohibited under the ALWTRP.
Specifically, in paragraphs (h) through
(k) of § 229.3, and where applicable in
§ 229.32, the phrase ‘‘or have available
for immediate use’’ would be added
after the phrase ‘‘[i]t is prohibited to fish
with’’. This added language is intended
to clarify the activities prohibited under
the ALWTRP and improve enforcement.
Also, the phrase ‘‘lobster trap’’ has been
changed to ‘‘trap/pot’’.
Criteria for Establishing a Density
Standard for Neutrally Buoyant and
Sinking Line and Procedure for
Determining the Specific Gravity of Line
In response to requests from the
fishing industry and line manufacturers
for a clearer definition of neutrally
buoyant and sinking line, NMFS has
developed criteria for establishing a
density standard for neutrally buoyant
and sinking line and used these criteria
to develop proposed definitions. In
addition, NMFS proposes a procedure
for assessing the specific gravity of line,
which NMFS would use in the future to
determine whether a manufactured line
meets the accepted density standard.
NMFS’’ criteria for establishing the
density standard and procedure to
determine specific gravity of line are
included in the DEIS and available to
the public upon request (see ADDRESSES
for contact information).
This proposed rule would amend the
definitions of ‘‘Neutrally buoyant line’’
and ‘‘Sinking line’’ and clarify each
definition in relation to groundlines and
buoy lines. Under this proposed rule,
neutrally buoyant and sinking line
would share the same definition,
however, a distinction would be made
to clarify that sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant groundline could not float in
the water column. Therefore, under the
proposed rule, the current definition of
‘‘neutrally buoyant line’’ would be
amended to mean, ‘‘for both groundlines
and buoy lines, line that has a specific
gravity of 1.030 or greater, and, for
groundlines only, does not float at any
point in the water column (See also
Sinking line)’’. NMFS is proposing to
keep the ‘‘neutrally buoyant’’ and
‘‘sinking line’’ terms based on industry’s
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35909
comment that these are familiar terms
that have been used for a number of
years.
Accordingly, the current definition of
‘‘Sinking line’’ would be amended to
mean, ‘‘for both groundlines and buoy
lines, line that has a specific gravity of
1.030 or greater, and, for groundlines
only, does not float at any point in the
water column (See also Neutrally
buoyant line)’’.
Alternative Six (Preferred)
As discussed and analyzed in the
DEIS, Alternative Six (Preferred) for
amending the ALWTRP is similar to
Alternative Three (Preferred), except as
follows: (1) The SAM areas in the
current regulations would be
geographically expanded during the
period from 2005 through 2007; (2) the
gear modification requirements for the
expanded SAM areas would be revised
during the period from 2005 through
2007; (3) the DAM program would be
replaced in 2005 with the expanded
SAM areas; and (4) the expanded SAM
areas would be replaced beginning in
2008 when the broad-based gear
requirements described in Alternative
Three (Preferred) would become
effective.
Description of Proposed Changes to the
SAM Program
Current SAM Program: In 2002,
NMFS published an interim final rule
(67 FR 1142, January 9, 2002) for SAM—
a program established to protect
predictable seasonal congregations of
right whales in the waters off Cape Cod
and out to the eastern boundary of the
EEZ. The rule defined two areas, called
SAM West and SAM East, and a specific
time period for each (March 1 through
April 30 and May 1 through July 31,
respectively) during which gear
modifications for lobster trap/pot and
anchored gillnet gear would be more
stringent than those otherwise required
for the same gear under the ALWTRP
regulations. The dividing line between
SAM West and SAM East is currently at
69°24′ W. longitude. The SAM areas
adjoin, but do not include, the Cape Cod
Bay Critical Habitat and the Great South
Channel Critical Habitat areas.
Proposed SAM Program: Under
Alternative Six (Preferred), the proposed
rule would amend the SAM program by
establishing new boundaries for the
SAM Areas and revising the gear
modifications required for fishing
within these areas. The changes to the
SAM program described in this
proposed rule would become effective
on January 1, 2005, to protect right
whales until 2008, when the broad-
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35910
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
based gear modifications would become
effective.
The current boundaries for the SAM
Areas are based on NMFS’ analysis of
aerial survey data collected during the
period 1999–2001 (Merrick et al., 2001)
and using the methods of Clapham and
Pace (2001). The changes proposed in
this preferred alternative are supported
by new data on right whale distribution
obtained through the implementation of
the DAM program. Since the DAM
program became effective in 2002 (67
FR 1142, January 9, 2002 and 67 FR
65722, October 28, 2002), additional
information on the distribution of right
whales in the Gulf of Maine, including
new aerial survey data, has been
collected. Repeated DAM triggers in the
same areas suggests that the current
SAM areas do not encompass all known
seasonal congregations of North Atlantic
right whales in waters north of 40°00′ N.
Based on this information, NMFS
conducted two different analyses to
examine whether geographically
expanding SAM (and to what
coordinates) would provide additional
protection to right whales. First,
applying a methodology similar to those
used to define the original SAM areas
(Merrick et al., 2001), NMFS looked at
the spring (March–May) sightings data
from 1999–2003 to assess whether the
current SAM West and SAM East areas
encompassed all areas where right
whales regularly congregate at that time
of year. The second analytical approach
considered March–July sightings data
collected from 1975–2003 in the area
between 40°00′ N. and 45°00′ N. from
the Hague Line westward to the New
England coast or 73°00′ W. The defined
area was subdivided into a grid, counts
of individual right whales were summed
by month for each grid cell and the sum
divided by the cell’s area. These
normalized values were plotted and the
monthly plots compared to help
identify/verify areas where right whales
seasonally congregate.
The results of the analyses reflected
basic knowledge of right whale
distribution in the Gulf of Maine:
Whales occur at relatively high densities
within Cape Cod Bay in March and
April, and then move eastward as the
spring and summer progress. When the
latest survey data are included, the
results show that: (1) Right whales
regularly occur in March–April north of
the Cape Cod Bay Critical Habitat and
west of the existing SAM West; (2) right
whales regularly occur south of SAM
West and west of the Great South
Channel Critical Habitat; (3) right
whales are still present in SAM West in
May (when the current SAM Westrelated gear modifications are no longer
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
required); and (4) there are very few
sightings in the southeast corner of the
SAM East area.
Based on these results, under
Alternative Six (Preferred), this
proposed rule would modify the
existing coordinates for the SAM areas.
Specifically, the western boundary of
SAM West would be extended westward
to encompass seasonal congregations of
right whales that occur north of the
Cape Cod Bay Critical Habitat.
Similarly, the southern boundary of
SAM West would be extended further
south, adjoining the Great South
Channel Sliver area, to encompass
seasonal congregations of right whales
that occur south of the current SAM
West and west of the Great South
Channel Critical Habitat. Finally, the
southern boundary of SAM East would
be revised to include the Great South
Channel Sliver area and the Great South
Channel Critical Habitat, but would
exclude the southeast corner of the
existing SAM East area where there
have been very few right whale
sightings. The western boundary of
SAM East would be extended west to
69°45′ W. longitude to encompass right
whales that might remain in SAM West
in May (after the SAM West area
restrictions have expired). See Figure 5
for a graphic representation of the
expanded SAM areas. See Table 1 for
the specific coordinates bounding the
expanded SAM areas.
Revised SAM Gear Modifications
In addition to the changes discussed
above, under Alternative Six (Preferred),
this proposed rule would revise the gear
modifications required for fishing
within the SAM Areas during the
applicable time periods. Currently, the
SAM program requires lobster trap/pot
gear and anchored gillnet gear fished in
the SAM areas to have only one buoy
line per trawl or net string, and buoy
lines and groundlines must be made
entirely of sinking or neutrally buoyant
line. Under this preferred alternative,
NMFS would allow the use of two buoy
lines per trap/pot trawl or per net string,
and allow the use of floating line on the
bottom one-third or less of the buoy line
(effective 6 months after the publication
of a final rule).
The proposed changes are based on
the current DAM gear modification
requirements, and the Cape Cod Bay
Critical Habitat lobster trap/pot gear
modifications. Background information
on NMFS’ decision to allow the use of
two buoy lines per trap/pot trawl or net
string, and the use of floating line on the
bottom third of buoy lines is provided
in the final rule identifying gear
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
modifications for the DAM program (68
FR 51195, August 26, 2003).
Proposed Changes to the SAM Program
for All Trap/Pot Gear
Under Alternative Six (Preferred), the
provisions stated for Alternative Three
(Preferred) for trap/pot fisheries would
apply with the addition of the following
requirements specific to the SAM and
DAM programs. The SAM Areas would
be expanded spatially and all lobster
trap/pot fisheries operating within these
areas during the restricted time periods
would be subject to the current SAM
restrictions, plus the following: A
second buoy line would be allowed and
the bottom one-third of the buoy line
may consist of floating line. In addition,
the trap/pot fisheries subject to the SAM
program would be expanded to include:
Hagfish, finfish (black sea bass, scup,
tautog, cod, haddock, pollock redfish,
and white hake), conch/whelk, shrimp,
red, blue, rock, and Jonah crab. The
expanded SAM area would include the
Great South Channel Critical Habitat
area; therefore, trap/pot gear would be
subject to the SAM program inside
critical habitat areas during time periods
when the requirements for fishing
inside these areas are no more
conservative than the surrounding
waters (i.e., when the protections of
critical habitat areas disappear).
However, the more restrictive Great
South Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area
closure (April 1 through June 30) would
supercede the SAM program. As a
result, gear modifications for fishing
with trap/pot gear in the SAM area
would apply in the Great South Channel
Restricted Trap/Pot Area from July 1
through July 31. The DAM program
would be eliminated, and replaced with
the expanded SAM areas.
Proposed Changes to the SAM Program
for Gillnet Gear
Under Alternative Six (Preferred), in
addition to the measures proposed for
gillnet fisheries under Alternative Three
(Preferred), the following requirements
specific to the SAM and DAM programs
would apply. The SAM Areas would be
expanded, and all gillnet fisheries
operating within these areas during the
restricted time periods would be subject
to the current SAM restrictions, plus the
following: A second buoy line would be
allowed and the bottom one-third of the
buoy line may be comprised of floating
line. In addition, the gillnet fisheries
regulated under the SAM program
would be expanded to include
Northeast anchored float gillnets. The
expanded SAM area would include the
Great South Channel Critical Habitat
area; therefore, gillnet gear would be
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
subject to the SAM program inside
critical habitat areas during time periods
when the requirements for fishing
inside these areas are no more
conservative than the surrounding
waters (i.e., when the protections of
critical habitat areas disappear).
However, the more restrictive Great
South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area
closure (April 1 through June 30) would
supercede the SAM program. As a
result, gear modifications for fishing
with gillnet gear in the SAM area would
apply in the Great South Channel
Restricted Gillnet Area from July 1
through July 31, and in the Great South
Channel Sliver Restricted Area from
May 1 through July 31. The DAM
program will be eliminated, and
replaced with the expanded SAM areas.
Other Changes Proposed for All Trap/
Pot and Gillnet Gear
DAM Program: Most of the
modifications proposed under this
alternative would become effective 6
months after publication of a final rule,
including the replacement of the DAM
program. In other words, 6 months after
the publication of a final rule, when the
35911
SAM areas are expanded, the expanded
SAM program would eliminate and
replace the DAM program. However,
until the effective date, all trap/pot and
gillnet fisheries, including those added
to the ALWTRP, would be subject to
both the SAM and DAM programs.
Groundlines: Under this alternative,
for both trap/pot and gillnet fisheries,
the SAM program would be eliminated
and replaced with broad-based gear
modifications, including a requirement
that all groundlines must be composed
of sinking and/or neutrally buoyant line,
effective in 2008.
TABLE 1.—SEASONAL AREA MANAGEMENT
Point
Latitude (north)
Longitude (west)
Sam West Polygon—in effect from March 1–April 30
1W
2W
3W
4W
5W
6W
7W
8W
......................................
......................................
......................................
......................................
......................................
......................................
......................................
......................................
42°30′ .................................
42°30′ .................................
41°48.9′ ..............................
41°40′ .................................
41°40′ .................................
42°04.8′ ..............................
42°12′ .................................
42°12′ .................................
70°30′ (NW Corner)
69°24′
69°24′
69°45′
69°57′ along the Eastern Shore of Cape Cod to
70°10′
70°15′
70°30′
Sam East Polygon—in effect from May 1–July 31
1E
2E
3E
4E
5E
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
42°30′
42°30′
42°09′
41°00′
41°40′
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
Classification
This proposed rule has been
determined to be significant for the
purposes of Executive Order 12866.
This proposed rule contains
collection of information requirements
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA), specifically, the marking of
fishing gear. The proposed collection of
information requirement was submitted
to the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) for approval. Public comment is
sought regarding whether this proposed
collection of information is necessary
for the proper performance and function
of the agency, including: the practical
utility of the information; the accuracy
of the burden estimate; the
opportunities to enhance the quality,
utility, and clarity of the information to
be collected; and the ways to minimize
the burden of the collection of
information, including the use of
automated collection techniques or
other forms of information technology.
Any information collection
requirements subject to PRA and related
to VMS requirements in the U.S.
Southeast Atlantic shark gillnet fishery
were addressed in a previous
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
69°45′ (NW Corner)
67°27′
67°08.4′
69°05′
69°45′
rulemaking (69 FR 51010, August 17,
2004). This rule proposes to extend the
VMS requirement for shark gillnet
fishermen for an additional 15 days.
There are no new costs associated with
this extension. Fishermen would not
incur any additional costs as they
currently have all the equipment
required to comply with the proposed
reporting requirements.
The DEIS includes several alternatives
that NMFS will solicit comment on
during a 60-day public comment period.
These alternatives are analyzed
separately in order to provide an
estimate of burden hours for each
alternative (Table 2). The labor and
materials burden associated with the
proposed change in gear marking
requirements is based on the number of
new marks per vessel required under
each of the proposed alternatives and
the number of vessels that would be
impacted by the requirement.1 Although
1 A mark, in this instance, is a four inch blue
mark once every 10 fathoms along the buoy line.
The majority of fisherman already mark their buoys
with the vessel registration numbwer, vessel
documentation number, federal permit number, or
whatever positive identification marking is required
by the vessel’s home-port state; therefore, we
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the gear marking requirement is the
same for all vessels (except
Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
vessels), burden estimates vary by
alternative for two reasons: (1)
Differences in the number of affected
vessels between alternatives and (2)
differences in the number of buoy lines
allowed per trawl for lobster and other
trap/pot vessels.2 The number of new
marks per vessel is based on the number
of existing marks and the following gear
configuration values:
(1) Trawls or strings per vessel;
(2) Buoy lines per trawl or per string;
and
(3) Length of buoy line (based on
average fishing depth).
assume this provision places no additional costs on
fisherman.
2 We assume that there will be no costs to shark
vessels because (1) all known shark vessels are
already marking their gear in accordance with
current requirements (i.e., there are no currently
unregulated shark vessels that would be regulated
under the proposed alternatives) and (2) shark
vessels do not typically use a buoy line greater than
four feet. To the extent that shark vessels use longer
buoy lines in cases of foul weather, those lines
would have to be marked in accordance with the
proposed alternatives. Such costs are not included
in this cost model.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35912
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
To demonstrate the methodology
described above, we present the
following analysis of a typical northern
inshore lobster vessel fishing on
Stellwagen Bank with pairs of traps, as
regulated under proposed alternative 2.
The burden hours and costs estimated
in the following example are immediate;
i.e., incurred within 6 months of
publication of a final rule.
Average number of trawls (with pair
traps) per vessel = 300
Average number of buoy lines per trawl
=1
Average number of buoy lines per vessel
= 300 * 1 = 300
Average fishing depth = 27.5 fathoms
Average length of buoy line = 27.5
fathoms * 1.5 = 41.25 fathoms, where
1.5 = buoy line slack factor.
Average number of marks per buoy line
= 41.25
1 mark every 10 fathoms = (41.25
fathoms 10) -1 = approximately 3
marks
Average number of existing marks per
buoy line = 1
Average number of marks per vessel =
3 marks * 300 buoy lines = 900 marks
Average number of existing marks per
vessel = 1 mark * 300 buoy lines =
300 marks
Number of new buoy line marks
required under the proposed
alternatives: 900—300 = 600 marks
Time to install a single buoy line mark
= 5 minutes
Material cost of a single buoy line mark
= $0.05
Hours burden per vessel = 5 minutes *
600 marks = 3,000 minutes = 50 hours
Material cost per vessel = $0.05 * 600
marks = $30.00
The process described above is
repeated for each model vessel (each
model vessel represents a group of
vessels that face similar regulatory
requirements and operate with a similar
quantity and configuration of gear).
These estimates of hours burden and
material costs are then multiplied by the
estimated number of vessels represented
by each model vessel. The resulting
values for all vessel groups are then
summed to estimate the total impact of
each proposed alternative. Total
estimated hours and material costs are
then divided by total affected vessels to
estimate the average hours burden and
material cost per vessel.
TABLE 2.—ESTIMATED ANNUAL CHANGE IN BURDEN HOURS 1
Time Period 2 (hours)
Immediate 3
Proposed Alternative
Total (all vessels)
2
3
4
5
6
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
Ongoing 4
Average (per
vessel)
148,185
147,837
148,182
148,118
148,118
Total (all vessels)
26.3
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
Average (per
vessel)
38,638
38,538
38,637
38,508
38,508
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
Notes:
1 The burden hours estimated in this table are incurred by fishermen in marking their buoy lines. The majority of fishermen already mark their
buoys with the vessel registration number, vessel documentation number, federal permit number, or whatever positive identification marking is required by the vessel’s home-port state; therefore, we assume this provision places no additional burden on fishermen.
2 Under Alternatives 2 through 4, lobster and other trap/pot vessels fishing in SAM restricted waters are limited to one buoy line per trawl. In
2008, the SAM program is eliminated and these vessels are no longer restricted to one buoy line per trawl. We assume vessels will take advantage of this change by increasing to two the number of buoy lines on all trawls over five traps. This would impact the labor burden of complying
with buoy line marking requirements in 2008 and beyond. For simplicity, we only present estimated burden hours for 2005 (‘‘Immediate’’) and
post-2008 (‘‘Ongoing’’).
3 This estimate reflects the hours fishermen would have to spend changing current gear marking schemes to meet provisions that would go
into effect six months after publication of the rule. Assuming the final rule is published in 2005, these hours would be incurred in that year.
4 This estimate reflects the number of hours fishermen will have to spend on an ongoing basis in order to maintain compliance with the rule.
Additional time and costs are incurred on an ongoing basis because buoy lines and gear markings have useful lives, after which the gear must
be replaced and/or re-marked. Assuming the final rule is published in 2005, these hours would be incurred in 2009 and every year thereafter.
TABLE 3.—ESTIMATED ANNUAL CHANGE IN COST1
Time Period 2
Immediate 3
Proposed Alternative
2
3
4
5
6
Total
(all vessels)
(in thousands
of dollars)
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
Ongoing 4
Average
(per vessel)
(in dollars)
88.9
88.7
88.9
88.9
88.9
15.78
15.82
15.81
15.85
15.85
Total
(all vessels)
(in thousands
of dollars)
23.2
23.1
23.2
23.1
23.1
Average
(per vessel)
(in dollars)
4.12
4.12
4.12
4.12
4.12
Notes:
1 The costs estimated in this table are incurred by fishermen in marking their buoy lines. The majority of fishermen already mark their buoys
with the vessel registration number, vessel documentation number, federal permit number, or whatever positive identification marking is required
by the vessel’s home-port state; therefore, we assume this provision places no additional costs on fishermen.
2 Under Alternatives 2 through 4, lobster and other trap/pot vessels fishing in SAM restricted waters are limited to one buoy line per trawl. In
2008, the SAM program is eliminated and these vessels are no longer restricted to one buoy line per trawl. We assume vessels will take advantage of this change by increasing to two the number of buoy lines on all trawls over five traps. This would impact the cost of complying with buoy
line marking requirements in 2008 and beyond. For simplicity, we only present costs for 2005 (‘‘Immediate’’) and post-2008 (‘‘Ongoing’’).
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
35913
3 This estimate reflects the cost to fishermen of changing current gear marking schemes to meet provisions that would go into effect six
months after publication of the rule. Assuming the final rule is published in 2005, these costs would be incurred in that year.
4 This estimate reflects cost to fishermen on an ongoing basis in order to maintain compliance with the rule. Additional time and costs are incurred on an ongoing basis because buoy lines and gear markings have useful lives, after which the gear must be replaced and/or re-marked.
Assuming the final rule is published in 2005, these costs would be incurred in 2009 and every year thereafter.
Send comments on these or any other
aspects of the collection of information
to the ADDRESSES above, and to OMB at
the Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs, Office of Management and
Budget, Washington, DC 20503
(Attention: NOAA Desk Officer).
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, nor shall any person be
subject to a penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
valid OMB Control Number.
As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act, NMFS prepared an
initial regulatory flexibility analysis
(IRFA) for this proposed rule. A
summary of that IRFA follows.
This proposed rule would identify
measures that reduce the risk of serious
injury or mortality from entanglement of
large whales under the ALWTRP. The
objective of this proposed rule, issued
pursuant to section 118 of the Marine
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), is to
reduce the level of serious injury and
mortality of right, humpback, and fin
whales in commercial east coast trap/
pot and gillnet fisheries. The small
entities affected by this proposed rule
are commercial gillnet and trap/pot
fishermen.
The geographic range of the gear
modifications would include Northeast
Atlantic, Mid-Atlantic, and Southeast
Atlantic waters. In the lobster trap/pot
fishery, there are potentially 3,685
vessels that would be affected, of which
2,753 would be in northern inshore
waters, 653 in northern nearshore
waters, 168 in offshore waters, and 111
in southern nearshore waters (NMFS,
2004). In the other trap/pot fishery,
there are potentially 418 vessels that
would be affected, of which 231 would
be in northern inshore waters, 20 in
northern nearshore waters, 21 in
offshore waters, and 146 in southern
nearshore waters. In the gillnet fishery,
there are approximately 1,044 vessels
that would be affected, of which 336
would be Northeast anchored gillnet,
616 would be Mid-Atlantic anchored
gillnet, 79 would be Mid-Atlantic
driftnet, and 13 would be Southeast
Atlantic gillnet (this number does not
include Southeastern U.S. Atlantic
shark gillnet vessels, as the analysis for
this action concluded that these vessels
would not incur significant compliance
costs).
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
The majority of affected vessels in the
lobster trap/pot (approximately 68
percent of total) and other trap/pot
fisheries (approximately 52 percent of
total) fall within Class II, 29 to 40 ft
(12.2 m) in length. For the gillnet
fishery, the majority of affected vessels
fall within Class II (approximately 47
percent of total) and Class III, 41–50 ft
(12.5–15.24 m) in length (approximately
43 percent of total). The most affected
vessels, which are those for which
annual compliance costs exceed 15
percent of average annual revenues, are
based in the Northeast. Thus, the
number of vessels considered most
affected is essentially identical under all
alternatives with the exception of the no
action alternative (Alternative 1) and
Alternative 5. All vessels are assumed to
be small entities within the meaning of
the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Any information collection
requirements subject to PRA and related
to VMS requirements in the U.S.
Southeast Atlantic shark gillnet fishery
were addressed in a previous
rulemaking (69 FR 51010, August 17,
2004). This proposed rule would extend
the VMS requirement for shark gillnet
fishermen for an additional 15 days.
There are no new costs associated with
this extension. Fishermen would not
incur any additional costs as they
currently have all the equipment
required to comply with the proposed
reporting requirements. There are no
relevant Federal rules that duplicate,
overlap, or conflict with the proposed
rule.
Six alternatives, consisting of one
status quo or no action alternative, two
preferred alternatives, and three
additional alternatives were evaluated
using model vessels, each of which
represents a group of vessels that share
similar operating characteristics and
would face similar requirements under
a given regulatory alternative. A
summary of the analysis follows:
1. NMFS considered a ‘‘no action’’ or
status quo alternative (Alternative 1Non-Preferred) that would result in no
changes to the current measures under
the ALWTRP and, as such, would result
in no additional economic effects on the
fishing industry.
2. NMFS considered an alternative
(Alternative 2—Non-Preferred), which
would implement broad-based, coastwide gear modifications year-round for
the east coast fisheries covered by the
ALWTRP. These gear modifications
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
would include: the use of weak links on
all flotation devices; discontinuing the
SAM and DAM programs and requiring
the use of entirely sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant groundline by 2008;
the use of weak links and anchoring
systems for gillnets; and implementing
new gear marking requirements for buoy
lines. This alternative would also cover
several new fisheries under the
ALWTRP regulations which use gear
similar to gear used by those fisheries
already covered by the regulations,
redefine some of the regulated area
boundaries, extend the scope of the
ALWTRP regulations out to the eastern
edge of the EEZ, and expand and clarify
the areas exempted from the plan.
Under this alternative, the average
increase in annual vessel compliance
costs would be $3,484 for lobster trap/
pot vessels; $1,055 for other trap/pot
vessels; and $917 for gillnet vessels.
Under Alternative 2, the average
increase in annual gear marking costs
would be $164 for lobster trap/pot
vessels; $110 for other trap/pot vessels;
and $3 for gillnet vessels.
3. Alternative 3 (Preferred) would
implement all of the requirements
included in Alternative 2, except that
the requirements for Mid and South
Atlantic waters south of 40°00′ N. would
be seasonal rather than year-round.
Waters north of 40°00′ N. would be
subject to ALWTRP gear modifications
year-round. Under this Preferred
Alternative, average increase in annual
vessel compliance costs would be
$3,483 for lobster trap/pot vessels;
$1,060 for other trap/pot vessels; and
$925 for gillnet vessels. Under
Alternative 3, the average increase in
annual gear marking costs would be
$164 for lobster trap/pot vessels; $109
for other trap/pot vessels; and $3 for
gillnet vessels.
4. NMFS considered another
alternative (Alternative 4—NonPreferred) which would consist of all of
the gear modifications included in
Alternative 2, except that the
requirements for South Atlantic waters
south of the South Carolina/Georgia
border would be seasonal rather than
year-round. Waters north of this border
would be subject to ALWTRP gear
modifications year-round. Under this
alternative, average increase in annual
vessel compliance costs would be
$3,484 for lobster trap/pot vessels;
$1,055 for other trap/pot vessels; and
$923 for gillnet vessels. Under
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35914
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Alternative 4, the average increase in
annual gear marking costs would be
$164 for lobster trap/pot vessels; $110
for other trap/pot vessels; and $3 for
gillnet vessels.
5. NMFS considered an alternative
(Alternative 5—Non-Preferred) which
would implement the requirements
included in Alternative 3 (Preferred),
except for the broad-based, coast-wide
gear modification requirements such as
the use of entirely sinking/neutrally
buoyant groundline, expanded weak
link requirements for gillnet gear at
night in the Mid-Atlantic, and weak link
and anchoring requirements for gillnet
gear in the Northeast. Additionally, in
2005, this alternative would expand the
SAM areas, allow for a second buoy
line, allow both buoy lines to have up
to one-third of the bottom portion of the
buoy line to be composed of floating
line in the SAM areas, and discontinue
the DAM program. Under this
alternative, average increase in annual
vessel compliance costs would be $210
for lobster trap/pot vessels; $184 for
other trap/pot vessels; and $163 for
gillnet vessels. Under Alternative 5, the
average increase in annual gear marking
costs would be $164 for lobster trap/pot
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
vessels; $110 for other trap/pot vessels;
and $3 for gillnet vessels.
6. Alternative Six (Preferred) would
implement all of the requirements
contained in Alternative 2, but would
expand the SAM areas, allow for a
second buoy line, allow both buoy lines
to have up to one-third of the bottom
portion of the buoy line to be composed
of floating line in the SAM areas, and
eliminate the DAM program in 2005.
The SAM program would then be
eliminated in 2008, at which time the
broad-based, coast-wide gear
modifications and seasonal restrictions
as in Alternative 3 (Preferred) would be
implemented. Under Alternative 6
(Preferred), average increase in annual
vessel compliance costs would be
$3,482 for lobster trap/pot vessels; $947
for other trap/pot vessels; and $925 for
gillnet vessels. Under Alternative 6, the
average increase in annual gear marking
costs would be $164 for lobster trap/pot
vessels; $110 for other trap/pot vessels;
and $3 for gillnet vessels.
NMFS has determined that this action
is consistent to the maximum extent
practicable with the approved coastal
management program of the U.S.
Atlantic coastal states. This
determination was submitted for review
by the responsible state agencies under
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
section 307 of the Coastal Zone
Management Act. No state disagreed
with our conclusion that this proposed
rule is consistent with the enforceable
policies of the approved coastal
management program for that state.
This proposed rule contains policies
with federalism implications as that
term is defined in Executive Order
13132. Accordingly, the Assistant
Secretary for Legislative and
Intergovernmental Affairs will provide
notice of the proposed action to the
appropriate official(s) of affected state,
local, and/or tribal governments.
References
Caswell, H.; Fujiwara; M.; Brault, S. 1999.
Declining survival threatens the North
Atlantic right whale. Proc. Nat. Acad.
Sci. 96: 3308–3313.
Clapham, P.J.; Pace, R.M., III. 2001. Defining
triggers for temporary area closures to
protect right whales from entanglements:
issues and options. Northeast Fisheries
Science Center Reference Document 01–
06. April 2001.
Johnson, A.; Salvador, G.; Kenney, J.;
Robbins, J.; Kraus, S.; Landry, S.;
Clapham, P. 2005. Fishing gear involved
in entanglements of right and humpback
whales. Marine Mammal Science (in
press).
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35915
EP21JN05.000
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
VerDate jul<14>2003
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
EP21JN05.001
35916
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35917
EP21JN05.002
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
35918
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Mate, B.R.; Nieukirk, S.L.; Kraus, S.D. 1997.
Satellite-monitored movements of the
northern right whale, Journal of Wildlife
Management, 61(4).
McKiernan, D.; Pol, M.; Malkoski, V. 2002. A
Study of the Underwater Profiles of
Lobster Trawl Ground Lines: Report to
NMFS in support of the Massachusetts
Right Whale Conservation Program,
Contract # 50EANF–1–00048.
Merrick, R.L.; Clapham, P.J.; Cole, T.V.N.;
Gerrior, P.; Pace, R.M., III. 2001.
Identification of seasonal area
management zones for North Atlantic
right whale conservation. Northeast
Fisheries Science Center Reference
Document 01–14. October 2001.
NMFS. 2004. Draft Environmental Impact
Statement on the Proposed Rule to
Amend the Atlantic Large Whale Take
Reduction Plan. Northeast Region.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
List of Subjects
50 CFR Part 229
Administrative practice and
procedure, Confidential business
information, Fisheries, Marine
mammals, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
50 CFR Part 635
Fisheries, Fishing, Fishing vessels,
Foreign relations, Imports, Penalties,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Treaties.
Dated: May 19, 2005.
Rebecca Lent,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Regulatory Programs, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 50 CFR part 229, 50 CFR part
635 and 50 CFR part 648 are proposed
to be amended as follows to implement
Alternative 3 (Preferred):
PART 229—AUTHORIZATION FOR
COMMERCIAL FISHERIES UNDER THE
MARINE MAMMAL PROTECTION ACT
OF 1972
50 CFR Part 648
Fisheries, Fishing, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1. The authority citation for 50 CFR
part 229 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
EP21JN05.003
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
2. In § 229.2, the definitions of
‘‘Lobster trap’’ and ‘‘Lobster trap trawl’’
are removed. The definitions of
‘‘Anchored gillnet’’, ‘‘Gillnet’’,
‘‘Groundline’’, ‘‘Shark gillnet or shark
gillnetting’’, and ‘‘Strikenet or to fish
with strikenet gear’’ are revised in
alphabetical order to read as follows
below. The definitions of ‘‘Bitter end’’,
‘‘Bottom portion of line’’, ‘‘Neutrally
buoyant line’’, ‘‘Sinking line’’, ‘‘Straight
set or to fish with gillnet gear in a
straight set’’, ‘‘Sunrise’’, ‘‘Sunset’’,
‘‘Trap/Pot’’, and ‘‘Trap trawl’’ are added
in alphabetical order to read as follows:
§ 229.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Anchored gillnet means any gillnet
gear, including an anchored float gillnet,
sink gillnet, or stab net, that is set
anywhere in the water column and
which is anchored, secured, or weighted
to the bottom of the sea. Also called a
set gillnet.
*
*
*
*
*
Bitter end means the loose end of a
line that has detached from a weak link.
*
*
*
*
*
Bottom portion of the line means, for
buoy lines, the portion of the line in the
water column that is closest to the
fishing gear.
*
*
*
*
*
Gillnet means fishing gear consisting
of a wall of webbing (meshes) or nets,
designed or configured so that the
webbing (meshes) or nets are placed in
the water column, usually held
approximately vertically, and are
designed to capture fish by
entanglement, gilling, or wedging. The
term ‘‘gillnet’’ includes gillnets of all
types, including but not limited to sink
gillnets, other anchored gillnets (e.g.,
anchored float gillnets, stab, and set
nets), and drift gillnets. Gillnets may or
may not be attached to a vessel.
Groundline, with reference to trap/pot
gear, means a line connecting traps in a
trap trawl, and, with reference to gillnet
gear, means a line connecting a gillnet
or gillnet bridle to an anchor or buoy
line.
*
*
*
*
*
Neutrally buoyant line means, for
both groundlines and buoy lines, line
that has a specific gravity of 1.030 or
greater, and, for groundlines only, does
not float at any point in the water
column (See also Sinking line).
*
*
*
*
*
Shark gillnet or shark gillnetting
means a gillnet with webbing of 5
inches or greater stretched mesh that is
fished in the waters south of the South
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Carolina/Georgia border, or to fish with
such a gillnet in those waters.
*
*
*
*
*
Sinking line means, for both
groundlines and buoy lines, line that
has a specific gravity of 1.030 or greater,
and, for groundlines only, does not float
at any point in the water column (See
also Neutrally buoyant line).
*
*
*
*
*
Straight set or to fish with gillnet gear
in a straight set means a set in which
the gillnet is placed in a line in the
water column, as opposed to a circular
set in which the gillnet is placed to
encircle an area in the water column
(not Strikenet).
*
*
*
*
*
Strikenet or to fish with strikenet gear
means a method or technique of net
deployment which is intended to
encircle or enclose an area of water
either with the net or by utilizing the
shoreline to complete the encirclement
(not Straight set).
Sunrise means the time of sunrise as
determined for the date and location in
The Nautical Almanac, prepared by the
U.S. Naval Observatory.
*
*
*
*
*
Sunset means the time of sunset as
determined for the date and location in
The Nautical Almanac, prepared by the
U.S. Naval Observatory.
*
*
*
*
*
Trap/Pot means any structure or other
device, other than a net or longline, that
is placed, or designed to be placed, on
the ocean bottom and is designed for or
is capable of, catching lobster, crab (red,
Jonah, rock, and blue), hagfish, finfish
(black sea bass, scup, tautog, cod,
haddock, pollock, redfish (ocean perch),
and white hake), conch/whelk, and
shrimp.
Trap trawl means two or more trap/
pots attached to a single groundline.
*
*
*
*
*
3. In § 229.3, paragraphs (h) through
(l) are revised to read as follows:
§ 229.3
Prohibitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use trap/pot
gear in the areas and for the times
specified in § 229.32(b)(2) and (c)(2)
through (c)(8) unless the trap/pot gear
complies with the closures, marking
requirements, modifications, and
restrictions specified in § 229.32(b)(3)(i),
(b)(3)(ii), and (c)(1) through (c)(9).
(i) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the areas and for the
times specified in § 229.32(b)(2) and
(d)(2) through (d)(7) unless that gillnet
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35919
gear complies with the closures,
marking requirements, modifications,
and restrictions specified in
§ 229.32(b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), and (d)(1)
through (d)(8).
(j) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use drift gillnet
gear in the areas and for the times
specified in § 229.32(d)(7) and (e)(1)
unless the drift gillnet gear complies
with the restrictions specified in
§ 229.32(e)(1).
(k) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use southeast
Atlantic gillnet gear in the areas and for
the times specified in § 229.32(f)(1)(i)
unless the gillnet gear complies with the
requirements specified in
§ 229.32(f)(1)(ii) and (f)(1)(iii).
(l) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use shark gillnet
gear in the areas and for the times
specified in § 229.32(b)(2), (g)(1)(i), and
(g)(1)(ii) unless the gear complies with
the closures, marking requirements,
modifications, and restrictions specified
in § 229.32(b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), and (g)(2)
through (g)(3)(iii)(D).
*
*
*
*
*
4. Section 229.32 is revised to read as
follows:
§ 229.32 Atlantic large whale take
reduction plan regulations.
(a)(1) Purpose and scope. The purpose
of this section is to implement the
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Plan to reduce incidental bycatch of fin,
humpback, and right whales in specific
commercial fisheries from Maine to
Florida. The gear types affected by this
plan include anchored gillnets, traps/
pots, drift gillnets, and shark gillnets
(including strikenets).
(2) Regulated waters. The regulations
in this section apply to all U.S. waters
except for the areas exempted in
paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this
section.
(3) Exempted waters. (i) The
regulations in this section do not apply
to waters landward of the 72 COLREGS
demarcation lines (International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea, 1972), as depicted or noted on
nautical charts published by the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (Coast Charts 1:80,000
scale), and as described in 33 CFR Part
80 with the exception of the waters
landward of the following lines:
42°20.665′ N., 70°57.205′ W. TO
42°20.009′ N., 70°55.803′ W. and
42°19.548′ N., 70°55.436′ W. TO
42°18.599′ N., 70°52.961′ W. (Boston
Harbor).
41°11.40′ N., 72°09.70′ W. TO 41°04.50′
N., 71°51.60′ W. (Gardiners Bay).
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35920
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Other exempted waters. Where the
72 COLREGS demarcation lines do not
exist, the regulations in this section do
not apply to the waters landward of the
Territorial sea baseline, where
appropriate, in Maine (as depicted or
noted on nautical charts published by
the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (Coast Charts 1:80,000
scale), and as described in 33 CFR 2.20)
or landward of the following lines:
Maine
44°49.863′ N., 66°55.664′ W. TO
44°48.924′ N., 66°57.01′ W. (Quoddy
Narrows, U.S./Canada border)
44°45.682′ N., 67°02.936′ W. TO
44°44.696′ N., 67°04.374′ W. (Baileys
Mistake and Haycock Harbor)
44°44.446′ N., 67°04.858′ W. TO
44°43.843′ N., 67°05.909′ W. (Moose
Cove)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Little River)
A line connecting the points (Little
Machias Bay, Cross Island Narrows,
Machias Bay, Englishman Bay, Chandler
Bay, and Eastern
Bay):
44°38.14′ N., 67°13.788′ W. (Great Head)
44°37.679′ N., 67°15.424′ W. (Cape
Wash)
44°36.659′ N., 67°16.205′ W. (Scotch
Island)
44°36.236′ N., 67°16.857′ W. (Spruce
Point)
44°35.071′ N., 67°21.177′ W. (Libby
Islands)
44°33.369′ N., 67°29.787′ W. (Great
Spruce Island)
44°31.908′ N., 67°31.842′ W. (Mark
Island)
44°30.637′ N., 67°31.431′ W. (Head
Harbor Island)
A line connecting the points (Eastern
Bay):
44°29.521′ N., 67°30.935′ W. (Black
Head)
44°28.50′ N., 67°31.878′ W. (Moose
Peak)
44°27.332′ N., 67°34.15′ W. (Little Pond
Head)
A line connecting the points
(Moosabec Reach and Wahoa Bay):
44°29.945′ N. 67°36.228′ W. (The Flying
Place)
44°30.196′ N. 67°36.832′ W. (Beals
Island)
44°30.334′ N. 67°38.573′ W. (Norton
Island)
44°29.729′ N. 67°42.609′ W. (Tibbett
Island)
44°29.824′ N. 67°44.107′ W. (Cape Split)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Pleasant Bay,
Narraguagus Bay, and Pigeon Hill Bay)
A line connecting the points (Dyer
Bay, Gouldsboro Bay, Prospect Harbor,
and Schoodic Harbor):
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
44°23.69′ N., 67°53.951′ W. (Petit Manan
Point)
44°23.113′ N., 67°58.853′ W. (Cranberry
Point)
44°21.416′ N., 68°01.556′ W. (Spruce
Point)
44°20.131′ N., 68°02.782′ W. (Schoodic
Head)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Frenchman
Bay)
A line connecting the points (Blue
Hill Bay and Penobscot Bay):
44°18.431′ N., 68°11.337′ W. (Otter
Point, Mount Desert Island)
44°14.504′ N., 68°11.040′ W. (Baker’s
Island)
44°06.00′ N., 68°20.07′ W. (Rich’s Head,
Long Island)
43°59.36′ N., 68°37.95′ W. (Roaring Bull
Ledge, Isle au Haut)
43°59.83′ N., 68°50.06′ W. (South
Vinalhaven Island)
43°56.72′ N., 69°04.89′ W. (Two Bush
Channel)
43°54.903′ N., 69°13.175′ W. (Mosquito
Island)
43°55.074′ N., 69°15.579′ W. (Marshall
Point, Port Clyde)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Johns Bay and
Muscongus Bay)
A line connecting the points
(Sheepscot Bay and Booth Bay):
43°48.872′ N., 69°35.465′ W. (Linekin
Neck)
43°48.206′ N., 69°35.913′ W. (Ram
Island)
43°47.233′ N., 69°39.209′ W. (Cape
Newagen)
43°47.168′ N., 69°39.621′ W. (Cape
Newagen)
43°46.947′ N., 69°43.097′ W. (Outer
Head)
43°44.658′ N., 69°45.288′ W. (Salter
Island)
43°42.056′ N., 69°50.185′ W. (Small
Point, Cape Small)
43°42.298′ N., 69°51.23′ W. (Bald Head,
Cape Small)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Saco Bay)
43°23.963′ N., 70°23.882′ W. TO
43°22.401′ N., 70°25.296′ W.
(Goosefare Bay)
43°22.198′ N., 70°25.065′ W. TO
43°21.823′ N., 70°24.977′ W. (Stage
Island Harbor)
43°21.663′ N., 70°24.977′ W. TO
43°13.267′ N., 70°34.542′ W. (body of
water between Cape Porpoise and
Bald Head Cliff)
43°11.176′ N., 70°35.867′ W. TO
43°10.984′ N., 70°36.161′ W. (Cape
Neddick Harbor)
43°08.115′ N., 70°37.434′ W. TO
43°07.56′ N., 70°38.049′ W. (York
Harbor)
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
43°06.104′ N., 70°39.037′ W. TO
43°05.574′ N., 70°39.369′ W. (Brave
Boat Harbor)
New Hampshire
42°53.691′ N., 70°48.516′ W. TO
42°53.516′ N., 70°48.748′ W.
(Hampton Harbor)
42°59.986′ N., 70°44.654′ W. TO
42°59.956′ N., 70°44.737′ W. (Rye
Harbor)
Massachusetts
42°49.136′ N., 70°48.242′ W. TO
42°48.964′ N., 70°48.282′ W.
(Newburyport Harbor)
42°42.145 N., 70°46.995′ W. TO
42°41.523′ N., 70°47.356′ W. (Plum
Island Sound)
42°40.266′ N., 70°43.838′ W. TO
42°39.778′ N., 70°43.142′ W. (Essex
Bay)
42°39.645′ N., 70°36.715′ W. TO
42°39.613′ N., 70°36.60′ W. (Rockport
Harbor)
42°15.203′ N., 70°46.324′ W. TO
42°15.214′ N., 70°47.352′ W.
(Cohasset Harbor)
42°12.09′ N., 70°42.98′ W. TO
42°12.211′ N., 70°43.002 W. (Scituate
Harbor)
42°09.724′ N., 70°42.378′ W. TO
42°10.085′ N., 70°42.875′ W. (New
Inlet)
42°04.64′ N., 70°38.587′ W. TO
42°04.583′ N., 70°38.631′ W. (Green
Harbor)
41°59.686′ N., 70°37.948′ W. TO
41°58.75′ N., 70°39.052′ W. (Duxbury
Bay/Plymouth Harbor)
41°50.395′ N., 70°31.943′ W. TO
41°50.369′ N., 70°32.145′ W.
(Ellisville Harbor)
41°45.53′ N., 70°09.387′ W. TO
41°45.523′ N., 70°09.307′ W. (Sesuit
Harbor)
41°45.546′ N., 70°07.39′ W. TO
41°45.551′ N., 70°07.32′ W. (Quivett
Creek)
41°47.269′ N., 70°01.411′ W. TO
41°47.418′ N., 70°01.306′ W.
(Namskaket Creek)
41°47.961′ N., 70°0.561′ W. TO
41°48.07′ N., 70°0.514′ W. (Rock
Harbor Creek)
41°48.932′ N., 70°0.286′ W. TO
41°48.483′ N., 70°0.216′ W. (Boat
Meadow River)
41°48.777′ N., 70°0.317′ W. TO
41°48.983′ N., 70°0.196′ W. (Herring
River)
41°53.922′ N., 70°01.333′ W. TO
41°54.497′ N., 70°01.182′ W.
(Blackfish Creek/Loagy Bay)
41°55.503′ N., 70°02.07′ W. TO
41°55.753′ N., 70°02.281′ W. (Duck
Creek)
41°55.501′ N., 70°03.51′ W. TO
41°55.322′ N., 70°03.191′ W. (Herring
River, inside Wellfleet Harbor)
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
41°59.481′ N., 70°04.779′ W. TO
41°59.563′ N., 70°04.718′ W. (Pamet
River)
42°03.601′ N., 70°14.269′ W. TO
42°03.601′ N., 70°14.416′ W. (Hatches
Harbor)
41°48.708′ N., 69°56.319′ W. TO
41°48.554′ N., 69°56.238′ W. (Nauset
Harbor)
41°40.685′ N., 69°56.781′ W. TO
41°40.884′ N., 69°56.28′ W. (Chatham
Harbor)
41°39.429′ N., 69°58.827′ W. TO
41°39.442′ N., 69°59.037′ W. (Stage
Harbor)
41°39.80′ N., 70°03.661′ W. TO
41°39.626′ N., 70°03.791′ W.
(Wynchmere Harbor/Saquatucket
Harbor)
41°39.764′ N., 70°05.324′ W. TO
41°39.666′ N., 70°05.371′ W. (Doanes
Creek)
41°39.322′ N., 70°06.914′ W. TO
41°39.30′ N., 70°06.952′ W. (Herring
River)
41°39.085′ N., 70°09.401′ W. TO
41°39.087′ N., 70°09.467′ W. (Swan
Pond River)
41°38.584′ N., 70°11.724′ W. TO
41°38.643′ N., 70°11.849′ W (Bass
River)
41°38.211′ N., 70°13.25′ W. TO
41°38.121′ N., 70°13.247′ W. (Parkers
River)
41°36.575′ N., 70°15.95′ W. TO
41°37.452′ N., 70°17.537′ W. (Hyannis
Harbor)
41°37.49′ N., 70°21.899′ W. TO
41°37.408′ N., 70°21.846′ W. (East
Bay)
41°36.344′ N., 70°24.049′ W. TO
41°36.398′ N., 70°24.09′ W. (West
Bay)
41°36.289′ N., 70°25.624′ W TO
41°36.302′ N., 70°26.254′ W. (Cotuit
Bay)
41°35.32′ N., 70°27.047′ W. TO
41°35.202′ N., 70°27.041′ W.
(Popponesset Bay)
41°32.862′ N., 70°31.614′ W. TO
41°32.804′ N., 70°31.762′ W. (Waquoit
Bay)
41°33.086′ N., 70°32.53′ W. TO
41°33.07′ N., 70°32.884′ W. (Eel Pond)
A line formed by the centerline of the
fixed bridges at both entrances (Bournes
Pond)
41°32.871′ N., 70°34.214′ W. TO
41°32.855′ N., 70°34.252′ W. (Green
Pond)
A line formed by the centerline of the
fixed bridge at entrance (Great Pond)
41°32.542′ N., 70°36.449′ W. TO
41°32.535′ N., 70°36.505′ W.
(Falmouth Inner Harbor)
41°30.597′ N., 71°05.285′ W. TO
41°30.444′ N., 71°05.281′ W.
(Westport Harbor)
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Rhode Island
41°22.41′ N., 71°30.80′ W. TO 41°22.41′
N., 71°30.85′ W. (Pt. Judith Pond
Inlet)
41°21.31′ N., 71°38.30′ W. TO 41°21.30′
N., 71°38.33′ W. (Ninigret Pond Inlet)
41°19.90′ N., 71°43.08′ W. TO 41°19.90′
N., 71°43.10′ W. (Quonochontaug
Pond Inlet)
41°19.66′ N., 71°45.75′ W. TO 41°19.66′
N., 71°45.78′ W. (Weekapaug Pond
Inlet)
South Carolina
32°34.717′ N., 80°08.565′ W. TO
32°34.686′ N., 80°08.642′ W. (Captain
Sams Inlet)
(4) Sinking and/or neutrally buoyant
groundline exemption. The fisheries
regulated under this section are exempt
from the requirement to have
groundlines composed of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line on or before
January 1, 2008, if gear is set in waters
deeper than 280 fathoms (1,680 ft or
512.1 m).
(b) Gear marking requirements. (1)
Specified gear consists of trap/pot gear
and gillnet gear set in specified areas.
(2) Specified areas. The following
areas are specified for gear marking
purposes: Northern Inshore State Trap/
Pot Waters, CCB Restricted Area,
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, Northern Nearshore
Trap/Pot Waters Area, GSC Restricted
Trap/Pot Area, GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area, GSC Sliver Restricted Area,
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area, Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area,
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area,
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area,
and Other Southeast Gillnet Waters
Area.
(3) Requirements for Shark Gillnet
Gear in the Northern Monitoring and
Restricted Area and Southern
Monitoring Area. From November 15
through March 31 of the following year,
no person may fish with shark gillnet
gear in the Northern Monitoring and
Restricted Area and the Southern
Monitoring Area unless that gear is
marked in accordance with the gear
marking codes specified under
paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) and (b)(3)(i)(B) of
this section. All buoy lines that are
greater than 4 ft (1.22 m) long must be
marked within 2 ft (0.6 m) of the top of
the buoy line and midway along the
length of the buoy line. Each net panel
must be marked along both the float line
and the lead line at least once every 100
yards (92.4 m), unless otherwise
required by the Assistant Administrator
under paragraph (h) of this section.
(i) Color code. Shark gillnet gear in
the Northern Monitoring and Restricted
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35921
Area and Southern Monitoring Area
must be marked with the appropriate
color code to designate gear types and
areas as follows:
(A) Gear type code—Shark gillnet
gear. Shark gillnet gear must be marked
with a green marking.
(B) Area code. Shark gillnet gear set
in the Northern Monitoring and
Restricted Area and Southern
Monitoring Area must be marked with
a blue marking.
(ii) Markings. All shark gillnet gear in
the Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area and Southern Monitoring Area
must be marked with two color codes
noted above, one designating the gear
type, the other indicating the area where
the gear is set. Each color of the twocolor code must be permanently marked
on or along the line or lines specified
under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
Each color mark of the color codes must
be clearly visible when the gear is
hauled or removed from the water. Each
mark must be at least 4 inches (10.2 cm)
long. The two color marks must be
placed within 6 inches (15.2 cm) of each
other. If the color of the rope is the same
as or similar to a color code, a white
mark may be substituted for that color
code. In marking or affixing the color
code, the line may be dyed, painted, or
marked with thin colored whipping
line, thin colored plastic, or heat-shrink
tubing, or other material; or a thin line
may be woven into or through the line;
or the line may be marked as approved
in writing by the Assistant
Administrator (AA). (A copy of a
brochure illustrating the techniques for
marking gear is available upon request
to the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(4) Requirements for other specified
areas. Any person who owns or fishes
with specified gear in the other
specified areas must mark that gear in
accordance with paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and
(b)(4)(ii) of this section, unless
otherwise required by the Assistant
Administrator under paragraph (h) of
this section. For the purposes of the
following gear marking requirements
only, trap/pot gear set in the Northern
Nearshore State Trap/Pot Waters Area,
the CCB Restricted Area during the
winter restricted period, the Federalwater portion of the CCB Restricted
Area during the off-peak period, and the
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area shall comply with the
requirements for the Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(A) of this
section. Trap/pot gear set in the GSC
Restricted Trap/Pot Area shall comply
with the requirements for the Offshore
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35922
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Trap/Pot Waters Area specified in
paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of this section.
Similarly, anchored gillnet gear set in
the CCB Restricted area, Stellwagen
Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area,
GSC Restricted Gillnet Area, and GSC
Sliver Restricted Area shall comply with
the requirements for gillnet gear in the
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area
specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(D) of this
section.
(i) Color code. Specified gear must be
marked with the appropriate colors to
designate gear-types and areas as
follows:
(A) Trap/pot gear in the Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area must
be marked with a red marking.
(B) Trap/pot gear in the Southern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area must
be marked with an orange marking.
(C) Trap/pot gear in the Offshore
Trap/Pot Waters Area must be marked
with a black marking.
(D) Gillnet gear in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area must be marked
with a green marking.
(E) Gillnet gear in the Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area must be
marked with a blue marking.
(F) Gillnet gear in the Other Southeast
Gillnet Waters Area (except shark gillnet
gear) must be marked with a yellow
marking.
(ii) Markings. All specified gear in
specified areas must be marked with
one color code (see paragraph (b)(4)(i) of
this section) which indicates the gear
type and general area where the gear is
set. Each color code must be
permanently affixed on or along the line
or lines. Each color code must be clearly
visible when the gear is hauled or
removed from the water. Each mark
must be at least 4 inches (10.2 cm) long.
The mark must be placed every 10
fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m) along the buoy
line or in the center of the buoy line if
it is 10 fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m) or less.
(A copy of a brochure illustrating the
techniques for marking gear is available
upon request to the Office of the
Regional Administrator, NMFS, 1
Blackburn Drive, Gloucester, MA
01930.)
(5) Buoy markings. Trap/pot and
gillnet gear regulated under this section
must mark all surface buoys to identify
the vessel or fishery with one of the
following: the owner’s motorboat
registration number, the owner’s U.S.
vessel documentation number, the
federal commercial fishing permit
number, or whatever positive
identification marking is required by the
vessel’s home-port state. The letters and
numbers used to mark the gear must be
at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) in height in
block letters or arabic numbers in a
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
color that contrasts with the background
color of the buoy. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for marking
gear is available upon request to the
Office of the Regional Administrator,
NMFS, 1 Blackburn Drive, Gloucester,
MA 01930.)
(6) Changes to requirements. If the
Assistant Administrator revises the gear
marking requirements in accordance
with paragraph (h) of this section, the
gear must be marked in compliance
with those requirements.
(c) Restrictions applicable to trap/pot
gear in regulated waters—(1) Universal
trap/pot gear requirements. In addition
to the area-specific measures listed in
paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(8) of this
section, all trap/pot gear in regulated
waters, including the Northern Inshore
State Trap/Pot Waters Area, must
comply with the universal gear
requirements listed here1. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(i) No buoy line floating at the surface.
No person may fish with trap/pot gear
that has any portion of the buoy line
that is directly connected to the gear at
the ocean bottom floating at the surface
at any time. If more than one buoy is
attached to a single buoy line or if a
high flyer and a buoy are used together
on a single buoy line, floating line may
be used between these objects.
(ii) No wet storage of gear. Trap/pot
gear must be hauled out of the water at
least once every 30 days.
(2) Cape Cod Bay (CCB) Restricted
Area—(i) Area. The CCB restricted area
consists of the CCB right whale critical
habitat area specified under 50 CFR
226.203(b) unless the Assistant
Administrator changes that area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements
during the winter restricted period. No
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use trap/pot gear in the
CCB Restricted Area during the winter
restricted period unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in (c)(1) of this section,
and the area-specific requirements listed
below for the winter restricted period.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Winter restricted period. The
winter restricted period for the CCB
1 Fishermen are also encouraged to maintain their
buoy lines to be as knot-free as possible. Splices are
not considered to be an entanglement threat and are
thus preferable to knots.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Restricted Area is from January 1
through May 15 of each year unless the
Assistant Administrator changes this
period in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section.
(B) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The breaking strength of the weak
link must not exceed 500 lb (226.7 kg).
(2) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(C) Single traps and multiple-trap
trawls. Single traps and three-trap trawls
are prohibited. All traps must be set in
either a two-trap string or in a trawl of
four or more traps. A two-trap string
must have no more than one buoy line.
(D) Buoy lines. All buoy lines must be
comprised of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line except the bottom portion
of the line, which may be a section of
floating line not to exceed one-third the
overall length of the buoy line.
(E) Groundlines. All groundlines must
be comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
during the other restricted period. No
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use trap/pot gear in the
CCB Restricted Area during the other
restricted period unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section and the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in (c)(1) of this section as
well as the area-specific requirements
listed below for the other restricted
period. The Assistant Administrator
may revise these requirements in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(A) Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the CCB Restricted
Area is from May 16 through December
31 of each year unless the Assistant
Administrator revises this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) Gear requirements—(1) Statewater portion. No person may fish with
or have available for immediate use
trap/pot gear in the state-water portion
of the CCB Restricted Area during the
other restricted period unless that
person’s gear complies with the
requirements for the Northern Inshore
State Trap/Pot Waters Area listed in
(c)(6) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(2) Federal-water portion. No person
may fish with or have available for
immediate use trap/pot gear in the
Federal-water portion of the CCB
Restricted Area during the other
restricted period unless that person’s
gear complies with the requirements for
the Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area in (c)(7) of this section. The
Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) Great South Channel (GSC)
Restricted Trap/Pot Area—
(i) Area. The GSC Restricted Area
consists of the GSC right whale critical
habitat area specified under 50 CFR
226.203(a) unless the Assistant
Administrator changes that area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Closure during the spring
restricted period—The spring restricted
period for the GSC Restricted Trap/Pot
Area is from April 1 through June 30 of
each year unless the Assistant
Administrator revises this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section. During the spring restricted
period, no person may fish with, set, or
have available for immediate use trap/
pot gear in this Area unless the
Assistant Administrator specifies gear
modifications or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section and the gear or
practices comply with those
specifications.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the GSC Restricted
Trap/Pot Area is July 1 through March
31, unless the Assistant Administrator
revises this period in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section. During the
other restricted period, no person may
fish with or have available for
immediate use trap/pot gear in the GSC
Restricted Trap/Pot Area unless that
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
person’s gear complies with the gear
marking requirements in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot
gear requirements in (c)(1) of this
section, and the area-specific
requirements listed in paragraph
(c)(5)(ii)(A) of this section for the
Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area or
paragraph (c)(7)(ii)(A) of this section for
the Northern Nearshore Lobster Waters
Area, depending on the area of overlap.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(4) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except
those designated as right whale critical
habitat under 50 CFR 226.203(b), that lie
south of 43°15′ N. and west of 70°00′ W.
The Assistant Administrator may
change that area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use trap/pot
gear in the Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys
Ledge Restricted Area unless that
person’s gear complies with the gear
marking requirements in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot
gear requirements in (c)(1) of this
section, and the requirements listed for
the Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area in (c)(7) of this section. The
Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(5) Offshore Trap/Pot 2 Waters Area—
(i) Area. The Offshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area includes all Federal waters of the
EEZ Offshore Management Area 3
(including the area known as the Area
2/3 Overlap in the American Lobster
Fishery regulations at 50 CFR 697.18
and the GSC Restricted Trap/Pot Area
from July 1 through March 31) as
defined in the American Lobster Fishery
regulations at 50 CFR 697.18 and
extending south along the 100 fathom
(600 ft or 182.9 m) line from 35°30′ N.
to 27°51′ N. and then out to the eastern
boundary of the EEZ. From November
15 to April 15, the Offshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area includes the area from the
South Carolina/Georgia border south to
29°00′ N. and then out to the eastern
boundary of the EEZ.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear
requirements. No person may fish with
or have available for immediate use
trap/pot gear in the Offshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area unless that person’s gear
2 Fishermen using red crab trap/pot gear should
refer to § 229.32(c)(9) for the restrictions applicable
to red crab trap/pot fishery.
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35923
complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in (c)(1) of this section,
and the gear requirements listed here.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device, and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: Swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links may not exceed 1,500 lb (680.4
kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Groundline. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line unless exempted
from this requirement under paragraph
(a)(4) of this section. The attachment of
buoys, toggles, or other flotation devices
to groundlines comprised entirely of
sinking and/or neutrally buoyant line is
prohibited.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear
requirements. From November 15 to
April 15, no person may fish with or
have available for immediate use trap/
pot gear from the South Carolina/
Georgia border to 29°00′ N. unless that
person’s gear complies with the gear
marking requirements in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot
gear requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, and the area-specific gear
requirements in paragraphs (c)(5)(ii)(A)
and (B) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may revise this period
and these requirements in accordance
with paragraph (h) of this section.
(iv) Seasonal area-specific gear
requirements. From December 1 to
March 31, no person may fish with or
have available for immediate use trap/
pot gear from 29°00′ N. to 27°51′ N.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35924
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
unless that person’s gear complies with
the gear marking requirements in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements in
(c)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific gear requirements in paragraphs
(c)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section. The
Assistant Administrator may revise this
time period and these requirements in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(6) Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot
Waters Area—(i) Area. The Northern
Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters Area
includes the state waters of Rhode
Island, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,
and Maine but does not include waters
exempted under (a)(3) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use trap/pot
gear in the Northern Inshore State Trap/
Pot Waters Area unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in (c)(1) of this section,
and the gear requirements listed here.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
this requirement in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device, and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: Swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links may not exceed 600 lb (272.4 kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(7) Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area—(i) Area. The Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
includes all Federal waters of EEZ
Nearshore Management Area 1, Area 2,
and the Outer Cape Lobster
Management Area as defined in the
American Lobster Fishery regulations at
50 CFR 697.18, with the exception of
the CCB Restricted Area and the
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use trap/pot
gear in the Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area unless that person’s gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in (c)(1) of this section,
and the gear requirements listed below
for this area. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Weak Links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: Swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed 600 lb (272.4 kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Single traps and multiple-trap
trawls. Single traps are prohibited. All
traps must be set in trawls of two or
more traps. All trawls up to and
including four traps must have no more
than one buoy line.
(C) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(8) Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area—(i) Area. The Southern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
includes all state and Federal waters
which fall within EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 4, EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 5, and EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 6 (except for those
waters exempted under paragraph (a)(3)
of this section) as described in the
American Lobster Fishery regulations in
50 CFR 697.18. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the restricted period—(A) Restricted
period. The restricted period for
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters is
year round unless the Assistant
Administrator revises this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) Gear requirements. No person may
fish with or have available for
immediate use trap/pot gear in the
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area during the restricted period unless
that person’s gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and the
following gear requirements for this
area, which the Assistant Administrator
may revise in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section:
(1) Weak Links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(i) The weak link must be chosen from
the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(ii) The breaking strength of the weak
links may not exceed 600 lb (272.4 kg).
(iii) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purpose of this provision.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(2) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(9) Restrictions applicable to the red
crab trap/pot fishery—(i) Area. The red
crab trap/pot fishery is regulated in the
waters identified in paragraphs (c)(5)(i)
and (c)(8)(i) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use red crab
trap/pot gear in the area identified in
paragraph (c)(9)(i) of this section unless
that person’s gear complies with the
gear marking requirements in (c)(1) of
this section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in (c)(1) of this section,
and the gear requirements listed here.
The Assistant Administrator revises
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device, and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links may not exceed 2,000 lb (907.2
kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line unless exempted
from this requirement under paragraph
(a)(4) of this section. The attachment of
buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(d) Restrictions applicable to
anchored gillnet gear—(1) Universal
anchored gillnet gear requirements. In
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
addition to the area-specific measures
listed in paragraphs (d)(2) through (d)(7)
of this section, all anchored gillnet gear
in regulated waters must comply with
the universal gear requirements listed
here 3. The Assistant Administrator may
revise these requirements in accordance
with paragraph (h) of this section.
(i) No buoy line floating at the surface.
No person may fish with anchored
gillnet gear that has any portion of the
buoy line that is directly connected to
the gear on the ocean bottom floating at
the surface at any time. If more than one
buoy is attached to a single buoy line or
if a high flyer and a buoy are used
together on a single buoy line, sinking
and/or neutrally buoyant line must be
used between these objects.
(ii) No wet storage of gear. Anchored
gillnet gear must be hauled out of the
water at least once every 30 days.
(2) Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area—(i)
Area. The CCB Restricted Area consists
of the CCB right whale critical habitat
area specified under 50 CFR 226.203(b),
unless the Assistant Administrator
changes that area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Closure during the winter
restricted period—(A) Winter restricted
period. The winter restricted period for
this area is from January 1 through May
15 of each year, unless the Assistant
Administrator changes this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) Closure. During the winter
restricted period, no person may fish
with or have available for immediate
use anchored gillnet gear in the CCB
Restricted Area unless the Assistant
Administrator specifies gear restrictions
or alternative fishing practices in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section and the gear or practices comply
with those specifications. The Assistant
Administrator may waive this closure
for the remaining portion of the winter
restricted period in any year through a
notification in the Federal Register if
NMFS determines that right whales
have left the restricted area and are
unlikely to return for the remainder of
the season.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period—(A)
Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the CCB Restricted
Area is from May 16 through December
31 of each year unless the Assistant
Administrator revises this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
3 Fishermen are also encouraged to maintain their
buoy lines to be as knot-free as possible. Splices are
not considered to be an entanglement threat and are
thus preferable to knots.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35925
(B) No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the CCB Restricted Area
during the other restricted period unless
that person’s gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section for
the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area—(i) Area. The GSC
Restricted Gillnet Area consists of the
area bounded by lines connecting the
following four points: 41°02.2′ N./69°02′
W., 41°43.5′ N./69°36.3′ W., 42°10′ N./
68°31′ W., and 41°38′ N./68°13′ W. This
area includes most of the GSC right
whale critical habitat area specified
under 50 CFR 226.203(a), with the
exception of the sliver along the western
boundary described in paragraph
(d)(4)(i) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Closure during the spring
restricted period—(A) Spring restricted
period. The spring restricted period for
the GSC Restricted Gillnet Area is from
April 1 through June 30 of each year
unless the Assistant Administrator
revises this period in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(B) Closure. During the spring
restricted period, no person may set,
fish with or have available for
immediate use anchored gillnet gear in
the GSC Restricted Gillnet Area unless
the Assistant Administrator specifies
gear restrictions or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section and the gear or
practices comply with those
specifications.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period—(A)
Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the GSC Restricted
Gillnet Area is from July 1 though
March 31 of each year unless the
Assistant Administrator revises this
period in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section.
(B) During the other restricted period,
no person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area unless that person’s gear complies
with the gear marking requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal anchored gillnet
gear requirements specified in (d)(1) of
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35926
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
this section, and the area-specific
requirements listed in (d)(6)(ii) of this
section for the Other Northeast Gillnet
Waters Area. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(4) Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The GSC
Sliver Restricted Area consists of the
area bounded by lines connecting the
following points: 41°02.2′ N./69°02′ W.,
41°43.5′ N./69°36.3′ W., 41°40′ N./
69°45′ W., and 41°00′ N./69°05′ W. The
Assistant Administrator may change
this area in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the GSC Sliver Restricted
Area unless that person’s gear complies
with the gear marking requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal anchored gillnet
gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section for
the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area.
The Assistnat Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(5) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except
those designated as right whale critical
habitat under 50 CFR 226.203(b), that lie
south of 43°15′ N. and west of 70°00′ W.
The Assistant Administrator may
change this area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area unless
that person’s gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in (d)(1) of this
section, and the area-specific
requirements listed in (d)(6)(ii) of this
section for the Other Northeast Gillnet
Waters Area. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(6) Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area consists of all U.S.
waters west of the U.S./Canada border
and north of a line extending due east
from the Virginia/North Carolina border
with the exception of the CCB Restricted
Area, Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Restricted Area, GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area, GSC Sliver Restricted Area, Mid/
South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area, and
exempted waters listed in (a)(3) of this
section. The Assistant Administrator
may change this area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored
gillnet gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed below.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to the buoy, flotation device,
and/or weight as operationally feasible
and that meets the following
specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed 1,100 lb (498.8
kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Net panel weak links. The
breaking strength of each weak link
must not exceed 1,100 lb (498.9 kg). The
weak link requirements apply to all
variations in panel size. Weak links
must break cleanly at the bitter end of
the buoy line and the bitter end of the
buoy line must be free of any knots
when the line breaks. Splices are not
considered to be knots for the purposes
of this provision. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(1) For all variations in panel size, the
following weak link requirements apply:
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(i) Weak links must be placed in the
center of each of the up and down lines
at both ends of the net panel; and
(ii) One floatline weak link must be
placed as close as possible to each end
of the net panel where the floatline
meets the up and down line.
(2) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or less in length, one weak
link must be placed in the center of the
floatline.
(3) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or greater in length, weak
links must be placed at least every 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) along the
floatline.
(C) Anchoring system. All anchored
gillnets, regardless of the number of net
panels, must be secured at each end of
the net string with a burying anchor (an
anchor that holds through the use of a
fluke, spade, plow, or pick) having the
holdingcapacity equal to or greater than
a 22 lb (10.0 kg) Danforth-style anchor.
Dead weights do not meet this
requirement.
(D) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(7) Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters Area consists of all U.S.
waters bounded by the line defined by
the following points: The southern
shore of Long Island, NY, at 72°30′ W.,
then due south to 33°51′ N., and west
to the North Carolina/South Carolina
border, as defined in § 229.2. The
Assistant Administrator may change
this area in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
From October 1 through April 30, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use anchored gillnet gear
in the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet
Waters Area unless that person’s gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored
gillnet gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
following area-specific requirements,
which the Assistant Administrator may
revise in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section:
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to the buoy, flotation device,
and/or weight as operationally feasible
and that meets the following
specifications:
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed 1,100 lb (498.8
kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Net panel weak links. All net
panels must contain weak links that
meet the following specifications (A
copy of a brochure illustrating the
techniques for making weak links is
available upon request to the Office of
the Regional Administrator, NMFS, 1
Blackburn Drive, Gloucester, MA
01930):
(1) Weak links must be placed in the
center of the floatline of each net panel
up to and including 50 fathoms (300 ft
or 91.4 m), or at least every 25 fathoms
(150 ft or 45.7 m) along the floatline for
longer panels.
(2) The breaking strength of each
weak link must not exceed 1,100 lb
(498.8 kg).
(C) Tending/anchoring/weak links.
All gillnets must return to port with the
vessel unless the gear meets the
following specifications:
(1) Anchoring system. All anchored
gillnets, regardless of the number of net
panels, must be secured at each end of
the net string with a burying anchor (an
anchor that holds through the use of a
fluke, spade, plow, or pick) having the
holding capacity equal to or greater than
a 22 lb (10.0 kg) Danforth-style anchor.
Dead weights do not meet this
requirement.
(2) Additional net panel weak links.
The breaking strength of each weak link
must not exceed 1,100 lb (498.9 kg). The
weak link requirements apply to all
variations in panel size. Weak links
must break cleanly at the bitter end of
the buoy line and the bitter end of the
buoy line must be free of any knots
when the line breaks. Splices are not
considered to be knots for the purposes
of this provision. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(i) For all variations in panel size, the
following weak link requirements apply:
Weak links must be placed in the center
of each of the up and down lines at both
ends of the net panel, and one floatline
weak link must be placed as close as
possible to each end of the net panel
where the floatline meets the up and
down line.
(ii) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or less in length, one weak
link must be placed in the center of the
floatline.
(iii) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or greater in length, weak
links must be placed at least every 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) along the
floatline.
(D) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(8) [Reserved]
(e) Restrictions applicable to driftnet
gear—(1) Cape Cod Bay Restricted
Area—(i) Area. The CCB Restricted Area
consists of the CCB right whale critical
habitat area specified under 50 CFR
226.203(b), unless the Assistant
Administrator changes this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Closure during the winter
restricted period—(A) Winter restricted
period. The winter restricted period for
this area is from January 1 through May
15 of each year, unless the Assistant
Administrator changes this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) Closure. During the winter
restricted period, no person may fish
with or have available for immediate
use driftnet gear in the CCB Restricted
Area unless the Assistant Administrator
specifies gear restrictions or alternative
fishing practices in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section and the
gear or practices comply with those
specifications. The Assistant
Administrator may waive this closure
for the remaining portion of the winter
restricted period in any year through a
notification in the Federal Register if
NMFS determines that right whales
have left the restricted area and are
unlikely to return for the remainder of
the season.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period—(A)
Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the CCB Restricted
Area is from May 16 through December
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35927
31 of each year unless the Assistant
Administrator changes this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use driftnet gear
in the CCB Restricted Area during the
other restricted period unless that gear
contains weak links with a breaking
strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9
kg) in the middle of each 50 fathom (300
ft or 91.4 m) net panel, or every 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) for longer net
panels. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.) In
addition, no person may fish with or
have available for immediate use
driftnet gear at night in the CCB
Restricted Area during the other
restricted period unless that gear is
tended. During that time, all driftnet
gear set by that vessel in the CCB
Restricted Area must be removed from
the water and stowed on board the
vessel before a vessel returns to port.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(2) Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area—(i) Area. The GSC
Restricted Gillnet Area consists of the
area bounded by lines connecting the
following four points: 41°02.2′ N./69°02′
W., 41°43.5′ N./69°36.3′ W., 42°10′ N./
68°31′ W., and 41°38′ N/68°13′ W. This
area includes most of the GSC right
whale critical habitat area specified
under 50 CFR 226.203(a), with the
exception of the sliver along the western
boundary described in paragraph
(e)(3)(i) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Closure during the spring
restricted period—(A) Spring restricted
period. The spring restricted period for
the GSC Restricted Gillnet Area is from
April 1 through June 30 of each year
unless the Assistant Administrator
changes this period in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(B) Closure. During the spring
restricted period, no person may set,
fish with or have available for
immediate use driftnet gear in the GSC
Restricted Gillnet Area unless the
Assistant Administrator specifies gear
restrictions or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section and the gear or
practices comply with those
specifications.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period—(A)
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35928
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the GSC Restricted
Gillnet Area is from July 1 though
March 31 of each year unless the
Assistant Administrator changes this
period in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section.
(B) No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use driftnet gear
in the GSC Restricted Gillnet Area
during the other restricted period unless
that gear contains weak links with a
breaking strength no greater than 1,100
lb (498.9 kg) in the middle of each 50
fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net panel, or
every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) for
longer net panels. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.) In
addition, during the other restricted
period, no person may fish with or have
available for immediate use driftnet gear
at night in the GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area unless that gear is tended. During
that time, all driftnet gear set by that
vessel in the GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area must be removed from the water
and stowed on board the vessel before
a vessel returns to port. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The GSC
Sliver Restricted Area consists of the
area bounded by lines connecting the
following points: 41°02.2′ N./69°02′ W.,
41°43.5′ N./69°36.3′ W., 41°40′ N./
69°45′ W., and 41°00′ N./69°05′ W. The
Assistant Administrator may change
this area in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use driftnet gear
in the GSC Sliver Restricted Area during
the other restricted period unless that
gear contains weak links with a breaking
strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9
kg) in the middle of each 50 fathom (300
ft or 91.4 m) net panel, or every 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) for longer net
panels. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.) In
addition, no person may fish with or
have available for immediate use
driftnet gear at night in the GSC Sliver
Restricted Area unless that gear is
tended. During that time, all driftnet
gear set by that vessel in the GSC Sliver
Restricted Area must be removed from
the water and stowed on board the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
vessel before a vessel returns to port.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(4) Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area consists of all U.S.
waters west of the U.S./Canada border
and north of a line extending due east
from the Virginia/North Carolina border
with the exception of the CCB Restricted
Area, Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area, GSC Sliver Restricted Area, Mid/
South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area, and
exempted waters listed in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use driftnet gear
in the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area during the other restricted period
unless that gear contains weak links
with a breaking strength no greater than
1,100 lb (498.9 kg) in the middle of each
50 fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net panel,
or every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m)
for longer net panels. (A copy of a
brochure illustrating the techniques for
making weak links is available upon
request to the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.) In
addition, no person may fish with or
have available for immediate use
driftnet gear at night in the Other
Northeast Gillnet Waters Area unless
that gear is tended. During that time, all
driftnet gear set by that vessel in the
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area
must be removed from the water and
stowed on board the vessel before a
vessel returns to port. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(5) Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters Area consists of all U.S.
waters bounded by the line defined by
the following points: The southern
shore of Long Island, NY, at 72°30′ W.,
then due south to 33°51′ N., and west
to the North Carolina/South Carolina
border, as defined in § 229.2. The
Assistant Administrator may change
this area in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
From December 1 through March 31, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use driftnet gear in the
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area
unless that gear contains weak links
with a breaking strength no greater than
1,100 lb (498.9 kg) in the middle of each
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
50 fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net panel,
or every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m)
for longer net panels. (A copy of a
brochure illustrating the techniques for
making weak links is available upon
request to the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.) In
addition, from December 1 through
March 31, no person may fish with or
have available for immediate use
driftnet gear at night in the Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area unless that
gear is tended. During that time, all
driftnet gear set by that vessel in the
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area
must be removed from the water and
stowed on board the vessel before a
vessel returns to port. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(f) Restrictions applicable to southeast
Atlantic gillnet gear—(1) Other
Southeast Gillnet Waters Area—(i)
Other southeast gillnet waters area.
From November 15 through April 15,
the Other Southeast Gillnet Waters
consists of the area from the South
Carolina/Georgia border south to 29°00′
N. (near Cape Canaveral, FL), extending
from the shore out to the eastern
boundary of the EEZ, unless the
Assistant Administrator changes that
area in accordance with paragraph (h) of
this section. From December 1 through
March 31, the Other Southeast Gillnet
Waters consists of the area from the
South Carolina/Georgia border south to
27°51′ N., extending from the shore out
to the eastern boundary of the EEZ,
unless the Assistant Administrator
changes that area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
For all gillnets, except for shark gillnets
as defined in 229.2 of this section, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use anchored gillnet gear
in the Other Southeast Gillnet Waters
Area unless that person’s gear complies
with the gear marking requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal anchored gillnet
gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(7)(ii) of this section,
which the Assistant Administrator may
revise in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section.
(iii) Restrictions for straight sets.
Except as provided for shark gillnet gear
under paragraph (g) of this section, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use a straight set of
gillnet gear at night in the Other
Southeast Gillnet Waters Area during
the restricted period.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(2) [Reserved]
(g) Restrictions applicable to
southeast Atlantic shark gillnet gear—
(1) Management areas and restricted
periods—(i) Northern Monitoring and
Restricted Area. From November 15
through April 15, the Northern
Monitoring and Restricted Area consists
of the area from the South Carolina/
Georgia border south to 29°00′ N. (near
Cape Canaveral, FL), extending from the
shore out to the eastern boundary of the
EEZ, unless the Assistant Administrator
changes this area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section. From
December 1 through March 31, the
Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area consists of the area from the South
Carolina/Georgia border south to 27°51′
N., extending from the shore out to the
eastern boundary of the EEZ, unless the
Assistant Administrator changes this
area in accordance with paragraph (h) of
this section.
(ii) Southern Monitoring Area. From
December 1 through March 31, the
Southern Monitoring Area consists of
the area from 27°51′ N. south to 26°46.5′
N. (near West Palm Beach, FL) and
extending from the shore out to the
eastern boundary of the EEZ, unless the
Assistant Administrator changes that
area in accordance with paragraph (h) of
this section.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements.
For all shark gillnets, no person may
fish with or have available for
immediate use shark gillnet gear in the
Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area or Southern Monitoring Area
unless that person’s gear complies with
the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, and
the vessel monitoring system
requirements specified in paragraphs
(g)(3) and (g)(4) of this section.
(2) [Reserved]
(3) Vessel monitoring systems. (i)
Applicability. No person may fish with
or have available for immediate use
shark gillnet gear in the Northern
Monitoring and Restricted Area or the
Southern Monitoring Area during the
restricted period unless the operator of
the vessel is in compliance with the
vessel monitoring system (VMS)
requirements found in 50 CFR 635.69.
NMFS retains the authority to request
that an observer be taken on board a
vessel during a fishing trip at any time
during the restricted period. If NMFS
requests that an observer be taken on
board a vessel, no person may fish with
or have available for immediate use
shark gillnet gear aboard that vessel in
the Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area or Southern Monitoring Area
unless an observer is on board that
vessel during the trip.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(ii) [Reserved]
(4) At-sea observer coverage. (i)
Applicability. NMFS may select any
shark gillnet vessel regulated under
§ 229.32 to carry an observer. When
selected, vessels are required to take
observers on a mandatory basis in
compliance with the requirements for
at-sea observer coverage found in 50
CFR 229.7.
(ii) [Reserved]
(5) Closure for shark gillnet gear.
Except as provided for strikenets under
paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use shark gillnet gear in
the Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area or the Southern Monitoring Area
during the restricted period.
(i) Special provision for strikenets.
Fishing for sharks with strikenet gear is
exempt from the restrictions under
paragraphs (g)(5) of this section if:
(A) No nets are set at night or when
visibility is less than 500 yards (460 m);
(B) Each set is made under the
observation of a spotter plane;
(C) No net is set within 3 nautical
miles (5.6 km) of a right, humpback, or
fin whale; and
(D) If a right, humpback, or fin whale
moves within 3 nautical miles (5.6 km)
of the set gear, the gear is removed
immediately from the water.
(ii) [Reserved]
(h) Other provisions. In addition to
any other emergency authority under
the Marine Mammal Protection Act, the
Endangered Species Act, the MagnusonStevens Fishery Conservation and
Management Act, or other appropriate
authority, the Assistant Administrator
may take action under this section in
the following situations:
(1) Entanglements in critical habitat.
If a serious injury or mortality of a right
whale occurs in the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area from January 1 through
May 15, in the Great South Channel
Restricted Area from April 1 through
June 30, or in the Northern Monitoring
and Restricted Area and the Southern
Monitoring Area from November 15
through March 31 as a result of an
entanglement by trap/pot or gillnet gear
allowed to be used in those areas and
times, the Assistant Administrator shall
close that area to that gear type for the
rest of that time period and for that
same time period in each subsequent
year, unless the Assistant Administrator
changes the time periods in accordance
with paragraph (h)(2) of this section or
unless other measures are implemented
under paragraph (h)(2).
(2) Other special measures. The
Assistant Administrator may revise the
requirements of this section through a
publication in the Federal Register if:
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35929
(i) NMFS verifies that certain gear
characteristics are both operationally
effective and reduce serious injuries and
mortalities of endangered whales;
(ii) New gear technology is developed
and determined to be appropriate;
(iii) Revised breaking strengths are
determined to be appropriate;
(iv) New marking systems are
developed and determined to be
appropriate;
(v) NMFS determines that right
whales are remaining longer than
expected in a closed area or have left
earlier than expected;
(vi) NMFS determines that the
boundaries of a closed area are not
appropriate;
(vii) Gear testing operations are
considered appropriate; or
(viii) Similar situations occur.
(3) Until January 1, 2008, for the
purpose of reducing the risk of fishery
interactions with right whales, NMFS
may establish a temporary Dynamic
Area Management (DAM) zone in the
following manner:
(i) Trigger. Upon receipt of a single
reliable report from a qualified
individual of three or more right whales
within an area NMFS will plot each
individual sighting (event) and draw a
circle with a 2.8-nm (5.2-km) radius
around it, which will be adjusted for the
number of right whales sighted such
that a density of at least 0.04 right
whales per nm2 (1.85 km2) is
maintained within the circle. If any
circle or group of contiguous circles
includes 3 or more right whales, NMFS
would consider this core area and its
surrounding waters a candidate DAM
zone.
(ii) DAM zone. Areas for
consideration for DAM zones are
limited to areas north of 40°N. Having
identified any circle or group of
contiguous circles including 3 or more
right whales as candidates for
protection, as identified in paragraph
(h)(3)(i) of this section, NMFS will
determine the extent of the DAM zone
as follows:
(A) A larger circular zone will be
drawn to extend 15 nm (27.8 km) from
the perimeter of a circle around each
core area.
(B) The DAM zone will then be
defined by a polygon drawn outside but
tangential to the circular buffer zone(s).
The latitudinal and longitudinal
coordinates of the corners of the
polygon will then be identified.
(iii) Requirements and prohibitions
within DAM zones. Notice of specific
area restrictions will be published in the
Federal Register and will become
effective 2 days after publication. Gear
not in compliance with the imposed
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35930
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
restrictions may not be set in the DAM
zone after the effective date. NMFS may:
(A) require owners of gillnet and trap/
pot gear set within the DAM zone to
remove all such gear within 2 days after
notice is published in the Federal
Register,
(B) Allow fishing within a DAM zone
with anchored gillnet and trap/pot gear,
provided such gear satisfies the
requirements specified in paragraphs
(h)(4)(i)(B)(1) and (h)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this
section, except that a second buoy line
and a section of floating line in the
bottom portion of each line not to
exceed one-third the overall length of
the buoy line are allowed within a DAM
zone. These requirements are in
addition to requirements found in
§ 229.32(b) through (d) but supersede
them when the requirements in
paragraphs (h)(4)(i)(B)(1) and
(h)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section, with the
exception that a second buoy line and
a section of floating line in the bottom
portion of each line not to exceed onethird the overall length of the buoy line
are allowed within a DAM zone, are
more restrictive than those in
§ 229.32(b) through (d). Requirements
for anchored gillnet gear in Other
Northeast Gillnet Waters are as specified
in paragraphs (h)(4)(i)(B)(1) of this
section, except that a second buoy line
and a section of floating line in the
bottom portion of each line not to
exceed one-third the overall length of
the buoy line are allowed within a DAM
zone. Requirements for trap/pot gear in
Offshore Trap/Pot Waters, Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters and
Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters
are as specified in paragraph
(g)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section, except that
a second buoy line and a section of
floating line in the bottom portion of
each line not to exceed one-third the
overall length of the buoy line are
allowed within a DAM zone.
Requirements for anchored gillnet gear
in Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area (May
16 through December 31), Stellwagen
Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area,
Great South Channel Restricted Gillnet
Area (July 1 through March 31), Great
South Channel Sliver Restricted Area
(July 1 through March 31), and Mid/
South Atlantic Gillnet Waters are the
same as requirements for Other
Northeast Gillnet Waters. Requirements
for trap/pot gear in Southern Nearshore
Trap/Pot Waters, Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area (May 16 through
December 31) and Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area are the
same as requirements for Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters and
Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters.
Requirements for trap/pot gear in the
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Great South Channel Restricted Trap/
Pot Area (July 1 through March 31) are
the same as requirements for Offshore
Trap/Pot Waters.
(C) Issue an alert to fishermen using
appropriate media to inform them of the
fact that right whale density in a certain
area has triggered a DAM zone. In the
alert, NMFS will provide detailed
information on the location of the DAM
zone and the number of animals sighted
within it. Furthermore, NMFS will
request that fishermen voluntarily
remove trap/pot and anchored gillnet
gear from the DAM zone and ask that no
additional gear be set inside it for 15
days or until NMFS rescinds the alert.
(D) The determination of whether
restrictions will be imposed within a
DAM zone would be based on NMFS’
review of a variety of factors, including
but not limited to: The location of the
DAM zone with respect to other fishery
closure areas, weather conditions as
they relate to the safety of human life at
sea, the type and amount of gear already
present in the area, and a review of
recent right whale entanglement and
mortality data.
(iv) Restricted period. Any DAM zone
will remain in effect for a minimum
period of 15 days. At the conclusion of
the 15-day period, the DAM zone will
expire automatically unless it is
extended by subsequent publication in
the Federal Register.
(v) Extensions of the restricted period.
Any 15-day period may be extended if
NMFS determines that the trigger
established in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this
section continues to be met.
(vi) Reopening of restricted zone.
NMFS may remove any gear restriction
or prohibition and reopen the DAM
zone prior to its automatic expiration if
there are no confirmed sightings of right
whales for at least 1 week, or other
credible evidence indicates that right
whales have left the DAM zone. NMFS
will notify the public of the reopening
of a DAM zone prior to the expiration
of the 15-day period by issuing a
document in the Federal Register and
through other appropriate media.
(4) Seasonal Area Management (SAM)
Program. Until January 1, 2008, in
addition to existing requirements for
vessels deploying anchored gillnet or
trap/pot gear in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters, Northern Inshore State
Trap/Pot Waters, Northern Nearshore
Trap/Pot Waters, Offshore Trap/Pot
Waters, and Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys
Ledge Restricted Area found at
§ 229.32(b)–(d), a vessel may fish in the
SAM Areas as described in paragraphs
(h)(4)(i)(A) and (h)(4)(ii)(A) of this
section, which overlay the previously
mentioned areas, provided the vessel
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
complies with the gear requirements
specified in paragraphs (h)(4)(i)(B) and
(h)(4)(ii)(B) of this section during the
times specified in those paragraphs. The
gear requirements in paragraphs
(h)(4)(i)(B) and (h)(4)(ii)(B) of this
section supercede requirements found at
§ 229.32(b)–(d) when the former are
more restrictive than the latter. Copies
of a chart depicting these areas are
available upon request to the Office of
the Regional Administrator, NMFS, 1
Blackburn Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.
(i) SAM West. (A) Area. SAM West
consists of all waters bounded by
straight lines connecting the following
points in the order stated:
SAM WEST
Point
SAM1
SAM2
SAM3
SAM4
SAM5
SAM6
SAM7
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
N. lat.
42°04.8′
42°12′
42°30′
42°30′
41°48.9′
41°45′
41°45′
W. long.
70°10′
70°15′
70°15′
69°24′
69°24′
69°33′
69°55.8′
(B) Gear requirements. Unless
otherwise authorized by the Assistant
Administrator, in accordance with
paragraph (h)(2) of this section, from
March 1 through April 30, no person
may fish with or have available for
immediate use anchored gillnet or trap/
pot gear in SAM West unless that
person’s gear complies with the
following gear characteristics:
(1) Anchored gillnet gear. (i)
Groundlines and Buoy lines—All
groundlines and buoy lines must be
made entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. Floating
groundlines and buoy lines are
prohibited. The attachment of buoys,
toggles, or other floatation devices to
groundlines comprised entirely of
sinking and/or neutrally buoyant line is
prohibited.
(ii) Weak links—All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, are attached to the
buoy line with a weak link placed as
close to each individual buoy, flotation
device, and/or weight as operationally
feasible that has a maximum breaking
strength of up to 1,100 lb (498.9 kg). The
weak link must be chosen from the
following list of combinations approved
by NMFS: Swivels, plastic weak links,
rope of appropriate breaking strength,
hog rings, rope stapled to a buoy stick,
or other materials or devices approved
in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. Weak links must break
cleanly at the bitter end of the buoy line
and the bitter end of the buoy line must
be free of any knots when the line
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
breaks. Splices are not considered to be
knots for the purposes of this provision.
(A copy of a brochure illustrating the
techniques for making weak links is
available upon request to the Office of
the Regional Administrator, NMFS, 1
Blackburn Drive, Gloucester, MA
01930.)
(iii) Net panel weak link—Each net
panel must have a total of five weak
links. The breaking strength of each of
these weak links must not exceed 1,100
lb (498.9 kg). The weak link
requirements apply to all variations in
panel size. Three of the five weak links
must be located on the floatline. One
floatline weak link must be placed at the
center of the net panel, and two weak
links must be placed as close as possible
to each of the bridle ends of the net
panel. The remaining two of the five
weak links must be placed in the center
of each of the up and down lines at
either end of each panel. Weak links
must break cleanly at the bitter end of
the buoy line and the bitter end of the
buoy line must be free of any knots
when the line breaks. Splices are not
considered to be knots for the purposes
of this provision. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(iv) Buoy line—No more than one
buoy line per net string may be used,
and it must be deployed at the northern
or western end of the gillnet string
depending on the direction of the set.
(v) Gillnet anchor—All anchored
gillnets, regardless of the number of net
panels, must be secured at each end of
the net string with a burying anchor (an
anchor that holds through the use of a
fluke, spade, plow, or pick) having the
holding capacity equal to or greater than
a 22 lb (10.0 kg) Danforth-style anchor.
Dead weights do not meet this
requirement.
(2) Trap/pot gear. (i) Groundlines and
Buoy lines. All groundlines and buoy
lines must be made entirely of sinking
and/or neutrally buoyant line. Floating
ground lines and buoy lines are
prohibited. The attachment of buoys,
toggles, or other floatation devices to
groundlines comprised entirely of
sinking and/or neutrally buoyant line is
prohibited.
(ii) Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot
Waters and Northern Nearshore Trap/
Pot Waters Areas weak links. All
flotation devices or weights must be
attached to the buoy line with a weak
link placed as close to the buoy as
operationally feasible that has a
maximum breaking strength of up to 600
lb (272.4 kg). The weak link must be
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
chosen from the following list of
combinations approved by NMFS:
Swivels, plastic weak links, rope of
appropriate breaking strength, hog rings,
rope stapled to a buoy stick, or other
materials or devices approved in writing
by the Assistant Administrator. Weak
links must break cleanly at the bitter
end of the buoy line and the bitter end
of the buoy line must be free of any
knots when the line breaks. Splices are
not considered to be knots for the
purposes of this provision. (A copy of a
brochure illustrating the techniques for
making weak links is available upon
request to the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(iii) Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
weak links—All flotation devices or
weights must be attached to the buoy
line with a weak link placed as close to
the buoy as operationally feasible that
has a maximum breaking strength of up
to 1,500 lb (680.4 kg). The weak link
must be chosen from the following list
of combinations approved by NMFS:
Swivels, plastic weak links, rope of
appropriate breaking strength, hog rings,
rope stapled to a buoy stick, or other
materials or devices approved in writing
by the Assistant Administrator. Weak
links must break cleanly at the bitter
end of the buoy line and the bitter end
of the buoy line must be free of any
knots when the line breaks. Splices are
not considered to be knots for the
purposes of this provision. (A copy of a
brochure illustrating the techniques for
making weak links is available upon
request to the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(iv) Buoy line—No more than one
buoy line per trawl is allowed. The buoy
line must be attached to the northern or
western end of the trawl string
depending on the direction of the set.
These requirements supersede the
requirements found at § 697.21, which
require one radar reflector at each end
of a trawl with more than three traps.
(ii) SAM East. (A) Area. SAM East
consists of all waters bounded by
straight lines connecting the following
points in the order stated:
SAM EAST
Point
N. lat.
SAM5 ...........
SAM4 ...........
SAM8 ...........
SAM9 ...........
SAM10 .........
SAM11 .........
41°48.9′
42°30′
42°30′
41°45′
41°45′
42°10′
W. long.
69°24′
69°24′
67°26′
66°50′
68°17′
68°31′
(B) Gear requirements. Unless
otherwise authorized by the Assistant
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35931
Administrator, in accordance with
paragraph (h)(2) of this section, from
May 1 through July 31, no person may
fish with anchored gillnet or trap/pot
gear in SAM East unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear
characteristics found at paragraph
(h)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
Note to § 229.32: Additional regulations
that affect fishing with lobster trap gear have
also been issued under authority of the
Atlantic Coastal Fisheries Cooperative
Management Act in part 697 of this title.
PART 635—ATLANTIC HIGHLY
MIGRATORY SPECIES
1. The authority citation for 50 CFR
part 635 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 971 et seq.; 16 U.S.C.
1801 et seq.
2. In § 635.69, paragraph (a)(3) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 635.69
Vessel monitoring systems.
(a) * * *
(3) Whenever a vessel, issued a
directed shark LAP, is away from port
with a gillnet on board during the right
whale calving season specified in the
regulations implementing the Atlantic
Large Whale Take Reduction Plan
Regulations in § 229.32 of this title.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 648—FISHERIES OF THE
NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES
1. The authority citation for 50 CFR
part 648 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.
2. In § 648.264, paragraph (a)(6)(i) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 648.264
Gear requirements/restrictions.
(a) * * *
(6) Additional gear requirements. (i)
Vessels must comply with the gear
regulations found at § 229.32 of this
title.
*
*
*
*
*
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 50 CFR parts 229, 635 and
648 are proposed to be amended to read
as follows to implement Alternative 6
(Preferred):
PART 229—AUTHORIZATION FOR
COMMERCIAL FISHERIES UNDER THE
MARINE MAMMAL PROTECTION ACT
OF 1972
1. The authority citation for 50 CFR
part 229 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.
2. In § 229.2, the definitions of
‘‘Lobster trap’’ and ‘‘Lobster trap trawl’’
are removed. The definitions of
‘‘Anchored gillnet’’, ‘‘Gillnet’’,
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35932
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
‘‘Groundline’’, ‘‘Shark gillnet or shark
gillnetting’’, ‘‘Sinking line’’, and
‘‘Strikenet or to fish with strikenet gear’’
are revised in alphabetical order to read
as follows below. The definitions of
‘‘Bitter end’’, ‘‘Bottom portion of line’’,
‘‘Neutrally buoyant line’’, ‘‘Straight set
or to fish with gillnet gear in a straight
set’’, ‘‘Sunrise’’, ‘‘Sunset’’, ‘‘Trap/Pot’’,
and ‘‘Trap trawl’’ are added in
alphabetical order to read as follows:
§ 229.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Anchored gillnet means any gillnet
gear, including an anchored float gillnet,
sink gillnet or stab net, that is set
anywhere in the water column and
which is anchored, secured, or weighted
to the bottom of the sea. Also called a
set gillnet.
*
*
*
*
*
Bitter end means the loose end of a
line that has detached from a weak link.
*
*
*
*
*
Bottom portion of the line means, for
buoy lines, the portion of the line in the
water column that is closest to the
fishing gear.
*
*
*
*
*
Gillnet means fishing gear consisting
of a wall of webbing (meshes) or nets,
designed or configured so that the
webbing (meshes) or nets are placed in
the water column, usually held
approximately vertically, and are
designed to capture fish by
entanglement, gilling, or wedging. The
term ‘‘gillnet’’ includes gillnets of all
types, including but not limited to sink
gillnets, other anchored gillnets (e.g.,
anchored float gillnets, stab, and set
nets), and drift gillnets. Gillnets may or
may not be attached to a vessel.
Groundline, with reference to trap/pot
gear, means a line connecting traps in a
trap trawl, and, with reference to gillnet
gear, means a line connecting a gillnet
or gillnet bridle to an anchor or buoy
line.
*
*
*
*
*
Neutrally buoyant line means, for
both groundlines and buoy lines, line
that has a specific gravity of 1.030 or
greater, and, for groundlines only, does
not float at any point in the water
column (See also Sinking line).
*
*
*
*
*
Shark gillnet or shark gillnetting
means a gillnet with webbing of 5
inches or greater stretched mesh that is
fished in the waters south of the South
Carolina/Georgia border, or to fish with
such a gillnet in those waters.
*
*
*
*
*
Sinking line means, for both
groundlines and buoy lines, line that
has a specific gravity of 1.030 or greater,
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
and, for groundlines only, does not float
at any point in the water column (See
also Neutrally buoyant line).
*
*
*
*
*
Straight set or to fish with gillnet gear
in a straight set means a set in which
the gillnet is placed in a line in the
water column, as opposed to a circular
set in which the gillnet is placed to
encircle an area in the water column
(not Strikenet).
*
*
*
*
*
Strikenet or to fish with strikenet gear
means a method or technique of net
deployment which is intended to
encircle or enclose an area of water
either with the net or by utilizing the
shoreline to complete the encirclement
(not Straight set).
Sunrise means the time of sunrise as
determined for the date and location in
The Nautical Almanac, prepared by the
U.S. Naval Observatory.
Sunset means the time of sunset as
determined for the date and location in
The Nautical Almanac, prepared by the
U.S. Naval Observatory.
*
*
*
*
*
Trap/Pot means any structure or other
device, other than a net or longline, that
is placed, or designed to be placed, on
the ocean bottom and is designed for or
is capable of, catching lobster, crab (red,
Jonah, rock, and blue), hagfish, finfish
(black sea bass, scup, tautog, cod,
haddock, pollock, redfish (ocean perch),
and white hake), conch/whelk, and
shrimp.
Trap trawl means two or more trap/
pots attached to a single groundline.
*
*
*
*
*
3. In section 229.3, paragraphs (h)
through (l) are revised to read as
follows:
§ 229.3
Prohibitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use trap/pot
gear in the areas and for the times
specified in § 229.32(b)(2) and (c)(2)
through (c)(8) unless the trap/pot gear
complies with the closures, marking
requirements, modifications, and
restrictions specified in § 229.32(b)(3)(i),
(b)(3)(ii), and (c)(1) through (c)(9).
(i) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the areas and for the
times specified in § 229.32(b)(2) and
(d)(2) through (d)(7) unless that gillnet
gear complies with the closures,
marking requirements, modifications,
and restrictions specified in
§ 229.32(b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), and (d)(1)
through (d)(8).
(j) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use drift gillnet
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
gear in the areas and for the times
specified in § 229.32(d)(7) and (e)(1)
unless the drift gillnet gear complies
with the restrictions specified in
§ 229.32(e)(1).
(k) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use southeast
Atlantic gillnet gear in the areas and for
the times specified in § 229.32(f)(1)(i)
unless the gillnet gear complies with the
requirements specified in
§ 229.32(f)(1)(ii) and (f)(1)(iii).
(l) It is prohibited to fish with or have
available for immediate use shark gillnet
gear in the areas and for the times
specified in § 229.32(b)(2), (g)(1)(i), and
(g)(1)(ii) unless the gear complies with
the closures, marking requirements,
modifications, and restrictions specified
in § 229.32(b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), and (g)(2)
through (g)(3)(iii)(D).
*
*
*
*
*
4. In § 229.32, paragraphs (a) through
(g) are revised to read as follows:
§ 229.32 Atlantic large whale take
reduction plan regulations.
(a)(1) Purpose and scope. The purpose
of this section is to implement the
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Plan to reduce incidental bycatch of fin,
humpback, and right whales in specific
commercial fisheries from Maine to
Florida. The gear types affected by this
plan include anchored gillnets, traps/
pots, drift gillnets, and shark gillnets
(including strikenets).
(2) Definitions. Unless otherwise
noted, in this § 229.32: Night means,
with reference to the regulated waters of
Georgia and Florida, any time between
one half hour before sunset and one half
hour after sunrise.
(3) Regulated waters. The regulations
in this section apply to all U.S. waters
except for the areas exempted in
paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of this
section.
(4) Exempted waters. (i) The
regulations in this section do not apply
to waters landward of the 72 COLREGS
demarcation lines (International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea, 1972), as depicted or noted on
nautical charts published by the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (Coast Charts 1:80,000
scale), and as described in 33 CFR Part
80 with the exception of the waters
landward of the following lines:
42°20.665′ N., 70°57.205′ W. TO
42°20.009′ N., 70°55.803′ W. and
42°19.548′ N., 70°55.436′ W. TO
42°18.599′ N., 70°52.961′ W. (Boston
Harbor)
41°11.40′ N., 72°09.70′ W. TO 41°04.50′
N., 71°51.60′ W. (Gardiners Bay)
(ii) Other exempted waters. Where the
72 COLREGS demarcation lines do not
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
exist, the regulations in this section do
not apply to the waters landward of the
Territorial sea baseline, where
appropriate, in Maine (as depicted or
noted on nautical charts published by
the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (Coast Charts 1:80,000
scale), and as described in 33 CFR 2.20)
or landward of the following lines:
Maine
44°49.863′ N., 66°55.664′ W. TO
44°48.924′ N., 66°57.01′ W. (Quoddy
Narrows, U.S./Canada border)
44°45.682′ N., 67°02.936′ W. TO
44°44.696′ N., 67°04.374′ W. (Baileys
Mistake and Haycock Harbor)
44°44.446′ N., 67°04.858′ W. TO
44°43.843′ N., 67°05.909′ W. (Moose
Cove)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Little River)
A line connecting the points (Little
Machias Bay, Cross Island Narrows,
Machias Bay, Englishman Bay, Chandler
Bay, and Eastern Bay):
44°38.14′ N., 67°13.788′ W. (Great Head)
44°37.679′ N., 67°15.424′ W. (Cape
Wash)
44°36.659′ N., 67°16.205′ W. (Scotch
Island)
44°36.236′ N., 67°16.857′ W. (Spruce
Point)
44°35.071′ N., 67°21.177′ W. (Libby
Islands)
44°33.369′ N., 67°29.787′ W. (Great
Spruce Island)
44°31.908′ N., 67°31.842′ W. (Mark
Island)
44°30.637′ N., 67°31.431′ W. (Head
Harbor Island)
A line connecting the points (Eastern
Bay):
44°29.521′ N., 67°30.935′ W. (Black
Head)
44°28.5′ N., 67°31.878′ W. (Moose Peak)
44°27.332′ N., 67°34.15′ W. (Little Pond
Head)
A line connecting the points
(Moosabec Reach and Wahoa Bay):
44°29.945′ N., 67°36.228′ W. (The Flying
Place)
44°30.196′ N., 67°36.832′ W. (Beals
Island)
44°30.334′ N., 67°38.573′ W. (Norton
Island)
44°29.729′ N., 67°42.609′ W. (Tibbett
Island)
44°29.824′ N., 67°44.107′ W. (Cape
Split)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Pleasant Bay,
Narraguagus Bay, and Pigeon Hill Bay)
A line connecting the points (Dyer
Bay, Gouldsboro Bay, Prospect Harbor,
and Schoodic Harbor):
44°23.69′ N., 67°53.951′ W. (Petit Manan
Point)
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
44°23.113′ N., 67°58.853′ W. (Cranberry
Point)
44°21.416′ N., 68°01.556′ W. (Spruce
Point)
44°20.131′ N., 68°02.782′ W. (Schoodic
Head)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Frenchman
Bay)
A line connecting the points (Blue
Hill Bay and Penobscot Bay):
44°18.431′ N., 68°11.337′ W. (Otter
Point, Mount Desert Island)
44°14.504′ N., 68°11.040′ W. (Baker’s
Island)
44°06.00′ N., 68°20.07′ W. (Rich’s Head,
Long Island)
43°59.36′ N., 68°37.95′ W. (Roaring Bull
Ledge, Isle au Haut)
43°59.83′ N., 68°50.06′ W. (South
Vinalhaven Island)
43°56.72′ N., 69°04.89′ W. (Two Bush
Channel)
43°54.903′ N., 69°13.175′ W. (Mosquito
Island)
43°55.074′ N., 69°15.579′ W. (Marshall
Point, Port Clyde)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Johns Bay and
Muscongus Bay)
A line connecting the points
(Sheepscot Bay and Booth Bay):
43°48.872′ N., 69°35.465′ W. (Linekin
Neck)
43°48.206′ N., 69°35.913′ W. (Ram
Island)
43°47.233′ N., 69°39.209′ W. (Cape
Newagen)
43°47.168′ N., 69°39.621′ W. (Cape
Newagen)
43°46.947′ N., 69°43.097′ W. (Outer
Head)
43°44.658′ N., 69°45.288′ W. (Salter
Island)
43°42.056′ N., 69°50.185′ W. (Small
Point, Cape Small)
43°42.298′ N., 69°51.23′ W. (Bald Head,
Cape Small)
Territorial Sea Baseline (Saco Bay)
43°23.963′ N., 70°23.882′ W. TO
43°22.401′ N., 70°25.296′ W.
(Goosefare Bay)
43°22.198′ N., 70°25.065′ W. TO
43°21.823′ N., 70°24.977′ W. (Stage
Island Harbor)
43°21.663′ N., 70°24.977′ W. TO
43°13.267′ N., 70°34.542′ W. (body of
water between Cape Porpoise and
Bald Head Cliff)
43°11.176′ N., 70°35.867′ W. TO
43°10.984′ N., 70°36.161′ W. (Cape
Neddick Harbor)
43°08.115′ N., 70°37.434′ W. TO
43°07.56′ N., 70°38.049′ W. (York
Harbor)
43°06.104′ N., 70°39.037′ W. TO
43°05.574′ N., 70°39.369′ W. (Brave
Boat Harbor)
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35933
New Hampshire
42°53.691′ N., 70°48.516′ W. TO
42°53.516′ N., 70°48.748′ W.
(Hampton Harbor)
42°59.986′ N., 70°44.654′ W. TO
42°59.956′ N., 70°44.737′ W. (Rye
Harbor)
Massachusetts
42°49.136′ N., 70°48.242′ W. TO
42°48.964′ N., 70°48.282’ W.
(Newburyport Harbor)
42°42.145′ N., 70°46.995′ W. TO
42°41.523′ N., 70°47.356′ W. (Plum
Island Sound)
42°40.266′ N., 70°43.838′ W. TO
42°39.778′ N., 70°43.142′ W. (Essex
Bay)
42°39.645′ N., 70°36.715′ W. TO
42°39.613′ N., 70°36.60′ W. (Rockport
Harbor)
42°15.203′ N., 70°46.324′ W. TO
42°15.214′ N., 70°47.352′ W.
(Cohasset Harbor)
42°12.09′ N., 70°42.98′ W. TO
42°12.211′ N., 70°43.002′ W. (Scituate
Harbor)
42°09.724′ N., 70°42.378′ W. TO
42°10.085′ N., 70°42.875′ W. (New
Inlet)
42°04.64′ N., 70°38.587′ W. TO
42°04.583′ N., 70°38.631′ W. (Green
Harbor)
41°59.686′ N., 70°37.948′ W. TO
41°58.75′ N., 70°39.052′ W. (Duxbury
Bay/Plymouth Harbor)
41°50.395′ N., 70°31.943′ W. TO
41°50.369′ N., 70°32.145′ W.
(Ellisville Harbor)
41°45.53′ N., 70°09.387′ W. TO
41°45.523′ N., 70°09.307′ W. (Sesuit
Harbor)
41°45.546′ N., 70°07.39′ W. TO
41°45.551′ N., 70°07.32′ W. (Quivett
Creek)
41°47.269′ N., 70°01.411′ W. TO
41°47.418′ N., 70°01.306′ W.
(Namskaket Creek)
41°47.961′ N., 70°0.561′ W. TO
41°48.07′ N., 70°0.514′ W. (Rock
Harbor Creek)
41°48.932′ N., 70°0.286′ W. TO
41°48.483′ N., 70°0.216′ W. (Boat
Meadow River)
41°48.777′ N., 70°0.317′ W. TO
41°48.983′ N., 70°0.196′ W. (Herring
River)
41°53.922′ N., 70°01.333′ W. TO
41°54.497′ N., 70°01.182′ W.
(Blackfish Creek/Loagy Bay)
41°55.503′ N., 70°02.07′ W. TO
41°55.753′ N., 70°02.281′ W. (Duck
Creek)
41°55.501′ N., 70°03.51′ W. TO
41°55.322′ N., 70°03.191′ W. (Herring
River, inside Wellfleet Harbor)
41°59.481′ N., 70°04.779′ W. TO
41°59.563′ N., 70°04.718′ W. (Pamet
River)
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35934
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
42°03.601′ N., 70°14.269′ W. TO
42°03.601′ N., 70°14.416′ W. (Hatches
Harbor)
41°48.708′ N., 69°56.319′ W. TO
41°48.554′ N., 69°56.238′ W. (Nauset
Harbor)
41°40.685′ N., 69°56.781′ W. TO
41°40.884′ N., 69°56.28′ W. (Chatham
Harbor)
41°39.429′ N., 69°58.827′ W. TO
41°39.442′ N., 69°59.037′ W. (Stage
Harbor)
41°39.80′ N., 70°03.661′ W. TO
41°39.626′ N., 70°03.791′ W.
(Wynchmere Harbor/Saquatucket
Harbor)
41°39.764′ N., 70°05.324′ W. TO
41°39.666′ N., 70°05.371′ W. (Doanes
Creek)
41°39.322′ N., 70°06.914′ W. TO
41°39.30′ N., 70°06.952′ W. (Herring
River)
41°39.085′ N., 70°09.401′ W. TO
41°39.087′ N., 70°09.467′ W. (Swan
Pond River)
41°38.584′ N., 70°11.724′ W. TO
41°38.643′ N., 70°11.849′ W. (Bass
River)
41°38.211′ N., 70°13.25′ W. TO
41°38.121′ N., 70°13.247′ W. (Parkers
River)
41°36.575′ N., 70°15.95′ W. TO
41°37.452′ N., 70°17.537′ W. (Hyannis
Harbor)
41°37.49′ N., 70°21.899′ W. TO
41°37.408′ N., 70°21.846′ W. (East
Bay)
41°36.344′ N., 70°24.049′ W. TO
41°36.398′ N., 70°24.09′ W. (West
Bay)
41°36.289′ N., 70°25.624′ W. TO
41°36.302′ N., 70°26.254′ W. (Cotuit
Bay)
41°35.32′ N., 70°27.047′ W. TO
41°35.202′ N., 70°27.041′ W.
(Popponesset Bay)
41°32.862′ N., 70°31.614′ W. TO
41°32.804′ N., 70°31.762′ W. (Waquoit
Bay)
41°33.086′ N., 70°32.53′ W. TO
41°33.07′ N., 70°32.884′ W. (Eel Pond)
A line formed by the centerline of the
fixed bridges at both entrances
(Bournes Pond)
41°32.871′ N., 70°34.214′ W. TO
41°32.855′ N., 70°34.252′ W. (Green
Pond)
A line formed by the centerline of the
fixed bridge at entrance (Great Pond)
41°32.542′ N., 70°36.449′ W. TO
41°32.535′ N., 70°36.505′ W.
(Falmouth Inner Harbor)
41°30.597′ N., 71°05.285′ W. TO
41°30.444′ N., 71°05.281′ W.
(Westport Harbor)
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
Rhode Island
41°22.41′ N., 71°30.80′ W. TO 41°22.41′
N., 71°30.85′ W. (Pt. Judith Pond
Inlet)
41°21.31′ N., 71°38.30′ W. TO 41°21.30′
N., 71°38.33′ W. (Ninigret Pond Inlet)
41°19.90′ N., 71°43.08′ W. TO 41°19.90′
N., 71°43.10′ W. (Quonochontaug
Pond Inlet)
41°19.66′ N., 71°45.75′ W. TO 41°19.66′
N., 71°45.78′ W. (Weekapaug Pond
Inlet)
South Carolina
32°34.717′ N, 80°08.565′ W. TO
32°34.686′ N., 80°08.642′ W. (Captain
Sams Inlet)
(5) Sinking and/or neutrally buoyant
groundline exemption. The fisheries
regulated under this section are exempt
from the requirement to have
groundlines composed of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line on or before
January 1, 2008, if their gear is set in
waters deeper than 280 fathoms (1,680
ft or 512.1 m).
(b) Gear marking requirements. (1)
Specified gear consists of trap/pot gear
and gillnet gear set in specified areas.
(2) Specified areas. The following
areas are specified for gear marking
purposes: Northern Inshore State Trap/
Pot Waters, CCB Restricted Area,
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, Northern Nearshore
Trap/Pot Waters Area, GSC Restricted
Trap/Pot Area, GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area, GSC Sliver Restricted Area,
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area, Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area,
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area,
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area,
Other Southeast Gillnet Waters Area,
Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area, and Southern Monitoring Area.
(3) Requirements for Shark Gillnet
Gear in the Northern Monitoring and
Restricted Area and Southern
Monitoring Area. From November 15
through March 31 of the following year,
no person may fish with shark gillnet
gear in the southeast U.S. observer area
unless that gear is marked according to
the gear marking code specified under
paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) and (b)(3)(i)(B) of
this section. All buoy lines that are
greater than 4 ft (1.22 m) long must be
marked within 2 ft (0.6 m) of the top of
the buoy line and midway along the
length of the buoy line. Each net panel
must be marked along both the float line
and the lead line at least once every 100
yards (92.4 m), unless otherwise
required by the Assistant Administrator
under paragraph (h) of this section.
(i) Color code. Shark gillnet gear in
the Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area and Southern Monitoring Area
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
must be marked with the appropriate
color code to designate gear types and
areas as follows:
(A) Gear type code—Shark gillnet
gear. Shark gillnet gear must be marked
with a green marking.
(B) Area code. Shark gillnet gear set
in the Northern Monitoring and
Restricted Area and Southern
Monitoring Area must be marked with
a blue marking.
(ii) Markings. All specified gear in
specified areas must be marked with
two color codes, one designating the
gear type, the other indicating the area
where the gear is set. Each color of the
two-color code must be permanently
marked on or along the line or lines
specified under paragraph (f)(2) of this
section. Each color mark of the color
codes must be clearly visible when the
gear is hauled or removed from the
water. Each mark must be at least 4
inches (10.2 cm) long. The two color
marks must be placed within 6 inches
(15.2 cm) of each other. If the color of
the rope is the same as or similar to a
color code, a white mark may be
substituted for that color code. In
marking or affixing the color code, the
line may be dyed, painted, or marked
with thin colored whipping line, thin
colored plastic, or heat-shrink tubing, or
other material; or a thin line may be
woven into or through the line; or the
line may be marked as approved in
writing by the Assistant Administrator.
(A copy of a brochure illustrating the
techniques for marking gear is available
upon request to the Office of the
Regional Administrator, NMFS, 1
Blackburn Drive, Gloucester, MA
01930.)
(4) Requirements for other specified
areas. Any person who owns or fishes
with specified gear in the other
specified areas must mark that gear in
accordance with paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and
(b)(4)(ii) of this section, unless
otherwise required by the Assistant
Administrator under paragraph (h) of
this section. For the purposes of the
following gear marking requirements
only, trap/pot gear set in the Northern
Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters Area, the
CCB Restricted Area during the winter
restricted period, the Federal-water
portion of the CCB Restricted Area
during the off-peak period, and the
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area shall comply with the
requirements for the Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area. Trap/
pot gear set in the GSC Restricted Trap/
Pot Area shall comply with the
requirements for the Offshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area. Similarly, anchored gillnet
gear set in the CCB Restricted area,
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Restricted Area, GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area, and GSC Sliver Restricted Area
shall comply with the requirements for
gillnet gear in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area.
(i) Color code. Specified gear must be
marked with the appropriate colors to
designate gear-types and areas as
follows:
(A) Trap/pot gear in the Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area must
be marked with a red marking.
(B) Trap/pot gear in the Southern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area must
be marked with an orange marking.
(C) Trap/pot gear in the Offshore
Trap/Pot Waters Area must be marked
with a black marking.
(D) Gillnet gear in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area must be marked
with a green marking.
(E) Gillnet gear in the Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area must be
marked with a blue marking.
(F) Gillnet gear in the Northern
Monitoring and Restricted Area and
Southern Monitoring Area (except shark
gillnet gear) must be marked with a
yellow marking.
(ii) Markings. All specified gear in
specified areas must be marked with
one color code (see paragraph (4)(i) of
this section) which indicates the gear
type and general area where the gear is
set. Each color code must be
permanently affixed on or along the line
or lines. Each color code must be clearly
visible when the gear is hauled or
removed from the water. Each mark
must be at least 4 inches (10.2 cm) long.
The mark must be placed every 10
fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m) along the buoy
line or in the center of the buoy line if
it is 10 fathoms (60 ft or 18.3 m) or less.
(A copy of a brochure illustrating the
techniques for marking gear is available
upon request to the Office of the
Regional Administrator, NMFS, 1
Blackburn Drive, Gloucester, MA
01930.)
(5) Buoy markings. Trap/pot and
gillnet gear regulated under this section
must mark all surface buoys to identify
the vessel or fishery with one of the
following: The owner’s motorboat
registration number, the owner’s U.S.
vessel documentation number, the
federal commercial fishing permit
number, or whatever positive
identification marking is required by the
vessel’s home-port state. The letters and
numbers used to mark the gear must be
at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) in height in
block letters or arabic numbers in a
color that contrasts with the background
color of the buoy. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for marking
gear is available upon request to the
Office of the Regional Administrator,
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
NMFS, 1 Blackburn Drive, Gloucester,
MA 01930.)
(6) Changes to requirements. If the
Assistant Administrator revises the gear
marking requirements in accordance
with paragraph (h) of this section, the
gear must be marked in compliance
with those requirements.
(c) Restrictions applicable to trap/pot
gear in regulated waters—(1) Universal
trap/pot gear requirements. In addition
to the area-specific measures listed in
paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(8) of this
section, all trap/pot gear in regulated
waters, including the Northern Inshore
State Trap/Pot Waters Area, must
comply with the universal gear
requirements listed here.1 The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(i) No buoy line floating at the surface.
No person may fish with trap/pot gear
that has any portion of the buoy line
that is directly connected to the gear at
the ocean bottom floating at the surface
at any time. If more than one buoy is
attached to a single buoy line or if a
high flyer and a buoy are used together
on a single buoy line, floating line may
be used between these objects.
(ii) No wet storage of gear. Trap/pot
gear must be hauled out of the water at
least once every 30 days.
(2) Cape Cod Bay (CCB) Restricted
Area—(i) Area. The CCB restricted area
consists of the CCB right whale critical
habitat area specified under 50 CFR
226.203(b) unless the Assistant
Administrator changes that area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements
during the winter restricted period. No
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use trap/pot gear in the
CCB Restricted Area during the winter
restricted period unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, and the area-specific
requirements listed below for the winter
restricted period. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Winter restricted period. The
winter restricted period for the CCB
Restricted Area is from January 1
through May 15 of each year unless the
Assistant Administrator changes this
period in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section.
1 Fisherman are also encouraged to maintain their
buoy lines to be as knot-free as possible. Splices are
not considered to be an entanglement threat and are
thus preferable to knots.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35935
(B) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed 500 lb (226.7 kg).
(2) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: Swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(C) Single traps and multiple-trap
trawls. Single traps and three-trap trawls
are prohibited. All traps must be set in
either a two-trap string or in a trawl of
four or more traps. A two-trap string
must have no more than one buoy line.
(D) Buoy lines. All buoy lines must be
comprised of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line except the bottom portion
of the line, which may be a section of
floating line not to exceed one-third the
overall length of the buoy line.
(E) Groundlines. All groundlines must
be comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other flotation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
during the other restricted period. No
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use trap/pot gear in the
CCB Restricted Area during the other
restricted period unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section and the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section as well as the area-specific
requirements listed below for the other
restricted period. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the CCB Restricted
Area is from May 16 through December
31 of each year unless the Assistant
Administrator revises this period in
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35936
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) Gear requirements—(1) Statewater portion. No person may fish with
or have available for immediate use
trap/pot gear in the state-water portion
of the CCB Restricted Area during the
other restricted period unless that
person’s gear complies with the
requirements for the Northern Inshore
State Trap/Pot Waters Area listed in
paragraph (c)(6) of this section. The
Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(2) Federal-water portion. No person
may fish with or have available for
immediate use trap/pot gear in the
Federal-water portion of the CCB
Restricted Area during the other
restricted period unless that person’s
gear complies with the requirements for
the Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area in paragraph (c)(7) of this section.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) Great South Channel (GSC)
Restricted Trap/Pot Area—(i) Area. The
GSC Restricted Trap/Pot Area consists
of the GSC right whale critical habitat
area specified under 50 CFR 226.203(a)
unless the Assistant Administrator
changes that area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Closure during the spring
restricted period—The spring restricted
period for the GSC Restricted Trap/Pot
Area is from April 1 through June 30 of
each year unless the Assistant
Administrator revises this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section. During the spring restricted
period, no person may fish with, set, or
have available for immediate use trap/
pot gear in this Area unless the
Assistant Administrator specifies gear
modifications or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section and the gear or
practices comply with those
specifications.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the GSC Restricted
Trap/Pot Area is July 1 through March
31, unless the Assistant Administrator
revises this period in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section. During the
other restricted period, no person may
fish with or have available for
immediate use trap/pot gear in the GSC
Restricted Trap/Pot Area unless that
person’s gear complies with the gear
marking requirements in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot
gear requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, and the area-specific
requirements listed in paragraph
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(c)(5)(ii)(A) of this section for the
Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area or
paragraph (c)(7)(ii)(A) of this section for
the Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area, depending on the area of overlap.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(4) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except
those designated as right whale critical
habitat under 50 CFR 226.203(b), that lie
south of 43°15′ N. and west of 70°00′ W.
The Assistant Administrator may
change that area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use trap/pot
gear in the Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys
Ledge Restricted Area unless that
person’s gear complies with the gear
marking requirements in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot
gear requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, and the requirements listed
for the Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area in paragraph (c)(7) of this
section. The Assistant Administrator
may revise these requirements in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(5) Offshore Trap/Pot 2 Waters Area—
(i) Area. The Offshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area includes all Federal waters of the
EEZ Offshore Management Area 3
(including the area known as the Area
2/3 Overlap in the American Lobster
Fishery regulations at 50 CFR 697.18
and the GSC Restricted Trap/Pot Area
from July 1 through March 31) as
defined in the American Lobster Fishery
regulations at 50 CFR 697.18 and
extending south along the 100 fathom
(600 ft or 182.9 m) line from 35°30′ N.
to 27°51′ N. and then out to the eastern
boundary of the EEZ. From November
15 to April 15, the Offshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area includes the area from the
South Carolina/Georgia border south to
29°00′ N. and then out to the eastern
boundary of the EEZ. The Assistant
Administrator may change that area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear
requirements. No person may fish with
or have available for immediate use
trap/pot gear in the Offshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area unless that person’s gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
2 Fisherman using red crab trap/pot gear should
refer to § 229.32(c)(9) for the restrictions applicable
to red crab trap/pot fishery.
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, and the gear requirements listed
here. The Assistant Administrator may
revise these requirements in accordance
with paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device, and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links may not exceed 1,500 lb (680.4
kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line unless exempted
from this requirement under paragraph
(a)(4) of this section. The attachment of
buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear
requirements. From November 15 to
April 15, no person may fish with or
have available for immediate use trap/
pot gear from the South Carolina/
Georgia border to 29°00′ N. and out to
the eastern boundary of the EEZ unless
that person’s gear complies with the
gear marking requirements in paragraph
(b) of this section, the universal trap/pot
gear requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, and the area-specific gear
requirements in paragraphs (c)(5)(ii)(A)
and (B) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(iv) Seasonal area-specific gear
requirements. From December 1 to
March 31, no person may fish with or
have available for immediate use trap/
pot gear from 29°00′ N. to 27°51′ N. and
out to the eastern boundary of the EEZ
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
unless that person’s gear complies with
the gear marking requirements in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements in
(c)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific gear requirements in paragraphs
(c)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section. The
Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(6) Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot
Waters Area—(i) Area. The Northern
Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters Area
includes the state waters of Rhode
Island, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,
and Maine but does not include waters
exempted under paragraph (a)(3) of this
section. The Assistant Administrator
may change that area in accordance
with paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use trap/pot
gear in the Northern Inshore State Trap/
Pot Waters Area unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, and the gear requirements listed
here. The Assistant Administrator may
revise these requirements in accordance
with paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device, and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: Swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links may not exceed 600 lb (272.4 kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(7) Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area—(i) Area. The Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
includes all Federal waters of EEZ
Nearshore Management Area 1, Area 2,
and the Outer Cape Lobster
Management Area as defined in the
American Lobster Fishery regulations at
50 CFR 697.18, with the exception of
the CCB Restricted Area and the
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use trap/pot
gear in the Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area unless that person’s gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, and the gear requirements listed
below for this area. The Assistant
Administrator may revise these
requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Weak Links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: Swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed 600 lb (272.4 kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Single traps and multiple-trap
trawls. Single traps are prohibited. All
traps must be set in trawls of two or
more traps. All trawls up to and
including four traps must have no more
than one buoy line.
(C) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35937
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(8) Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area—(i) Area. The Southern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
includes all state and federal waters
which fall within EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 4, EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 5, and EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 6 (except for those
waters exempted under paragraph (a)(3)
of this section) as described in the
American Lobster Fishery regulations in
50 CFR 697.18. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the restricted period—(A) Restricted
period. The restricted period for
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters is
year round unless the Assistant
Administrator revises this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) Gear requirements. No person may
fish with or have available for
immediate use trap/pot gear in the
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area during the restricted period unless
that person’s gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and the
following gear requirements for this
area, which the Assistant Administrator
may revise in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section:
(1) Weak Links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(i) The weak link must be chosen from
the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: Swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(ii) The breaking strength of the weak
links may not exceed 600 lb (272.4 kg).
(iii) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35938
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purpose of this provision.
(2) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(9) Restrictions applicable to the red
crab trap/pot fishery—(i) Area. The red
crab trap/pot fishery is regulated in the
waters identified in paragraphs (c)(5)(i)
and (c)(8)(i) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use red crab
trap/pot gear in the area identified in
paragraph (c)(9)(i) of this section unless
that person’s gear complies with the
gear marking requirements in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section, the universal trap/
pot gear requirements in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section, and the gear
requirements listed here. The Assistant
Administrator revises this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to each individual buoy,
flotation device, and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: Swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links may not exceed 2,000 lb (907.2
kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line unless exempted
from this requirement under paragraph
(a)(4) of this section. The attachment of
buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(d) Restrictions applicable to
anchored gillnet gear—(1) Universal
anchored gillnet gear requirements. In
addition to the area-specific measures
listed in paragraphs (d)(2) through (d)(7)
of this section, all anchored gillnet gear
in regulated waters must comply with
the universal gear requirements listed
here.3 The Assistant Administrator may
revise these requirements in accordance
with paragraph (h) of this section.
(i) No buoy line floating at the surface.
No person may fish with anchored
gillnet gear that has any portion of the
buoy line that is directly connected to
the gear on the ocean bottom floating at
the surface at any time. If more than one
buoy is attached to a single buoy line or
if a high flyer and a buoy are used
together on a single buoy line, sinking
and/or neutrally buoyant line must be
used between these objects.
(ii) No wet storage of gear. Anchored
gillnet gear must be hauled out of the
water at least once every 30 days.
(2) Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area—(i)
Area. The CCB Restricted Area consists
of the CCB right whale critical habitat
area specified under 50 CFR 226.203(b),
unless the Assistant Administrator
changes this area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Closure during the winter
restricted period—(A) Winter restricted
period. The winter restricted period for
this area is from January 1 through May
15 of each year, unless the Assistant
Administrator revises this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) Closure. During the winter
restricted period, no person may fish
with or have available for immediate
use anchored gillnet gear in the CCB
Restricted Area unless the Assistant
Administrator specifies gear restrictions
or alternative fishing practices in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section and the gear or practices comply
with those specifications. The Assistant
Administrator may waive this closure
for the remaining portion of the winter
restricted period in any year through a
notification in the Federal Register if
NMFS determines that right whales
have left the restricted area and are
unlikely to return for the remainder of
the season.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period—(A)
Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the CCB Restricted
Area is from May 16 through December
31 of each year unless the Assistant
3 Fishermen are also encouraged to maintain their
buoy lines to be as knot-free as possible. Splices are
not considered to be an entanglement threat and are
thus preferable to knots.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Administrator changes this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the CCB Restricted Area
during the other restricted period unless
that person’s gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section for
the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area—(i) Area. The GSC
Restricted Gillnet Area consists of the
area bounded by lines connecting the
following four points: 41°02.2′ N./69°02′
W., 41°43.5′ N./69°36.3′ W., 42°10′ N./
68°31′ W., and 41°38′ N./68°13′ W. This
area includes most of the GSC right
whale critical habitat area specified
under 50 CFR 226.203(a), with the
exception of the sliver along the western
boundary described here in paragraph
(d)(4)(i) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Closure during the spring
restricted period—(A) Spring restricted
period. The spring restricted period for
the GSC Restricted Gillnet Area is from
April 1 through June 30 of each year
unless the AA revises that period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) Closure. During the spring
restricted period, no person may set,
fish with or have available for
immediate use anchored gillnet gear in
the GSC Restricted Gillnet Area unless
the Assistant Administrator specifies
gear restrictions or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section and the gear or
practices comply with those
specifications.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period—(A)
Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the GSC Restricted
Gillnet Area is from July 1 though
March 31 of each year unless the
Assistant Administrator changes this
period in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section.
(B) During the other restricted period,
no person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area unless that person’s gear complies
with the gear marking requirements
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal anchored gillnet
gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section for
the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(4) Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The GSC
Sliver Restricted Area consists of the
area bounded by lines connecting the
following points: 41°02.2′ N./69°02′ W.,
41°43.5′ N./69°36.3′ W., 41°40′ N./
69°45′ W., and 41°00′ N./69°05′ W. The
Assistant Administrator may change
this area in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the GSC Sliver Restricted
Area unless that person’s gear complies
with the gear marking requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal anchored gillnet
gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section for
the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(5) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except
those designated as right whale critical
habitat under 50 CFR 226.203(b), that lie
south of 43°15′ N. and west of 70°00′ W.
The Assistant Administrator may
change this area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area unless
that person’s gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section for
the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(6) Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area consists of all U.S.
waters west of the U.S./Canada border
and north of a line extending due east
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
from the Virginia/North Carolina border
with the exception of the CCB Restricted
Area, Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area, GSC Sliver Restricted Area, Mid/
South Atlantic Gillnet Waters, and
exempted waters listed in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use anchored
gillnet gear in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored
gillnet gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed below.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
as close to the buoy, flotation device,
and/or weight as operationally feasible
and that meets the following
specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: Swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed 1,100 lb (498.8
kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Net panel weak links. The
breaking strength of each weak links
must not exceed 1,100 lb (498.9 kg). The
weak link requirements apply to all
variations in panel size. Weak links
must break cleanly at the bitter end of
the buoy line and the bitter end of the
buoy line must be free of any knots
when the line breaks. Splices are not
considered to be knots for the purposes
of this provision. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35939
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(1) For all variations in panel size, the
following weak link requirements apply:
(i) Weak links must be placed in the
center of each of the up and down lines
at both ends of the net panel; and
(ii) One floatline weak link must be
placed as close as possible to each of the
net panel where the floatline meets the
up and down line.
(2) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or less in length, one weak
link must be placed in the center of the
floatline.
(3) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or greater in length, weak
links must be placed at least every 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) along the
floatline.
(C) Anchoring system. All anchored
gillnets, regardless of the number of net
panels, must be secured at each end of
the net string with a burying anchor (an
anchor that holds through the use of a
fluke, spade, plow, or pick) having the
holding capacity equal to or greater than
a 22-lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor.
Dead weights do not meet this
requirement.
(D) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(7) Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet
Waters—(i) Area. The Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters consists of all
U.S. waters bounded by the line defined
by the following points: The southern
shore of Long Island, NY, at 72°30′ W.,
then due south to 33°51′ N., and then
west to the North Carolina/South
Carolina border, as defined in § 229.2.
The Assistant Administrator may
change this area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
From October 1 through April 30, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use anchored gillnet gear
in the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet
Waters unless that person’s gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored
gillnet gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
following area-specific requirements,
which the Assistant Administrator may
revise in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section:
(A) Weak links. All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, must be attached to
the buoy line with a weak link placed
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35940
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
as close to the buoy, flotation device,
and/or weight as operationally feasible
and that meets the following
specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list of combinations
approved by NMFS: swivels, plastic
weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a
buoy stick, or other materials or devices
approved in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed 1,100 lb (498.8
kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly at
the bitter end of the buoy line and the
bitter end of the buoy line must be free
of any knots when the line breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Net panel weak links. All net
panels must contain weak links that
meet the following specifications:
(1) Weak links must be placed in the
center of the floatline of each net panel
up to and including 50 fathoms (300 ft
or 91.4 m), or at least every 25 fathoms
(150 ft or 45.7 m) along the floatline for
longer panels.
(2) The breaking strength for each of
the weak links must not exceed 1,100 lb
(498.8 kg).
(C) Additional tending/anchoring/
weak links. All gillnets must return to
port with the vessel unless the gear
meets the following specifications:
(1) Anchoring system. All anchored
gillnets, regardless of the number of net
panels, must be secured at each end of
the net string with a burying anchor (an
anchor that holds through the use of a
fluke, spade, plow, or pick) having the
holding capacity equal to or greater than
a 22-lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor.
Dead weights do not meet this
requirement.
(2) Net panel weak links. The
breaking strength of each weak link
must not exceed 1,100 lb (498.9 kg). The
weak link requirements apply to all
variations in panel size. Weak links
must break cleanly at the bitter end of
the buoy line and the bitter end of the
buoy line must be free of any knots
when the line breaks. Splices are not
considered to be knots for the purposes
of this provision. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(i) For all variations in panel size, the
following weak link requirements apply:
Weak links must be placed in the center
of each of the up and down lines at both
ends of the net panel, and one floatline
weak link must be placed as close as
possible to each of the net panel where
the floatline meets the up and down
line.
(ii) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or less in length, one weak
link must be placed in the center of the
floatline.
(iii) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or greater in length, weak
links must be placed at least every 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) along the
floatline.
(D) Groundlines. On or before January
1, 2008, all groundlines must be
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. The attachment
of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines comprised
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally
buoyant line is prohibited.
(8) [Reserved]
(e) Restrictions applicable to driftnet
gear—(1) Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area
(i) Area. The CCB Restricted Area
consists of the CCB right whale critical
habitat area specified under 50 CFR
226.203(b), unless the Assistant
Administrator changes this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Closure during the winter
restricted period—(A) Winter restricted
period. The winter restricted period for
this area is from January 1 through May
15 of each year, unless the Assistant
Administrator changes this period in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) Closure. During the winter
restricted period, no person may fish
with or have available for immediate
use driftnet gear in the CCB Restricted
Area unless the Assistant Administrator
specifies gear restrictions or alternative
fishing practices in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section and the
gear or practices comply with those
specifications. The Assistant
Administrator may waive this closure
for the remaining portion of the winter
restricted period in any year through a
notification in the Federal Register if
NMFS determines that right whales
have left the restricted area and are
unlikely to return for the remainder of
the season.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period—(A)
Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the CCB Restricted
Area is from May 16 through December
31 of each year unless the Assistant
Administrator changes this period in
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(B) No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use driftnet gear
in the CCB Restricted Area during the
other restricted period unless that gear
contains weak links with a breaking
strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9
kg) in the middle of each 50 fathom (300
ft or 91.4 m) net panel, or every 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) for longer net
panels. In addition, no person may fish
with or have available for immediate
use driftnet gear at night in the CCB
Restricted Area during the other
restricted period unless that gear is
tended. During that time, all driftnet
gear set by that vessel in the CCB
Restricted Area must be removed from
the water and stowed on board the
vessel before a vessel returns to port.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(2) Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area—(i) Area. The GSC
Restricted Gillnet Area consists of the
area bounded by lines connecting the
following four points: 41°02.2′ N/69°02′
W, 41°43.5′ N./69°36.3′ W., 42°10′ N./
68°31′ W., and 41°38′ N./68°13′ W. This
area includes most of the GSC right
whale critical habitat area specified
under 50 CFR 226.203(a), with the
exception of the sliver along the western
boundary described here in paragraph
(e)(3)(i) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Closure during the spring
restricted period—(A) Spring restricted
period. The spring restricted period for
the GSC Restricted Gillnet Area is from
April 1 through June 30 of each year
unless the Assistant Administrator
changes this period in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(B) Closure. During the spring
restricted period, no person may set,
fish with or have available for
immediate use driftnet gear in the GSC
Restricted Gillnet Area unless the
Assistant Administrator specifies gear
restrictions or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section and the gear or
practices comply with those
specifications.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements
for the other restricted period—(A)
Other restricted period. The other
restricted period for the GSC Restricted
Gillnet Area is from July 1 though
March 31 of each year unless the
Assistant Administrator changes this
period in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section.
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
(B) No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use driftnet gear
in the GSC Restricted Gillnet Area
during the other restricted period unless
that gear contains weak links with a
breaking strength no greater than 1,100
lb (498.9 kg) in the middle of each 50
fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net panel, or
every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) for
longer net panels. In addition, during
the other restricted period, no person
may fish with or have available for
immediate use driftnet gear at night in
the GSC Restricted Gillnet Area unless
that gear is tended. During that time, all
driftnet gear set by that vessel in the
GSC Restricted Gillnet Area must be
removed from the water and stowed on
board the vessel before a vessel returns
to port. The Assistant Administrator
may revise these requirements in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(3) Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The GSC
Sliver Restricted Area consists of the
area bounded by lines connecting the
following points: 41°02.2′ N./69°02′ W.,
41°43.5′ N./69°36.3′ W., 41°40′ N./
69°45′ W., and 41°00′ N./69°05′ W. The
Assistant Administrator may change
this area in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use driftnet gear
in the GSC Sliver Restricted Area during
the other restricted period unless that
gear contains weak links with a breaking
strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9
kg) in the middle of each 50 fathom (300
ft or 91.4 m) net panel, or every 25
fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) for longer net
panels. In addition, no person may fish
with or have available for immediate
use driftnet gear at night in the GSC
Sliver Restricted Area unless that gear is
tended. During that time, all driftnet
gear set by that vessel in the GSC Sliver
Restricted Area must be removed from
the water and stowed on board the
vessel before a vessel returns to port.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(4) Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area consists of all U.S.
waters west of the U.S./Canada border
and north of a line extending due east
from the Virginia/North Carolina border
with the exception of the CCB Restricted
Area, Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, GSC Restricted Gillnet
Area, GSC Sliver Restricted Area, Mid/
South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area, and
exempted waters listed in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section. The Assistant
Administrator may change this area in
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
accordance with paragraph (h) of this
section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
No person may fish with or have
available for immediate use driftnet gear
in the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area during the other restricted period
unless that gear contains weak links
with a breaking strength no greater than
1,100 lb (498.9 kg) in the middle of each
50 fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net panel,
or every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m)
for longer net panels. In addition, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use driftnet gear at night
in the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area unless that gear is tended. During
that time, all driftnet gear set by that
vessel in the Other Northeast Gillnet
Waters Area must be removed from the
water and stowed on board the vessel
before a vessel returns to port. The
Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(5) Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters Area consists of all U.S.
waters bounded by the line defined by
the following points: The southern
shore of Long Island, NY, at 72°30′ W.,
then due south to 33°51′ N., and west
to the North Carolina/South Carolina
border, as defined in § 229.2. The
Assistant Administrator may change
this area in accordance with paragraph
(h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
From December 1 through March 31, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use driftnet gear in the
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area
unless that gear contains weak links
with a breaking strength no greater than
1,100 lb (498.9 kg) in the middle of each
50 fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net panel,
or every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m)
for longer net panels. In addition, from
December 1 through March 31, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use driftnet gear at night
in the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet
Waters Area unless that gear is tended.
During that time, all driftnet gear set by
that vessel in the Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters Area must be removed
from the water and stowed on board the
vessel before a vessel returns to port.
The Assistant Administrator may revise
these requirements in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(f) Restrictions applicable to southeast
Atlantic gillnet gear—(1) Other
Southeast Gillnet Waters Area—(i)
Other Southeast Gillnet Waters Area.
From November 15 through April 15,
the Other Southeast Gillnet Waters Area
consists of the area from the South
Carolina/Georgia border south to 29°00′
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35941
N. (near Cape Canaveral, FL), extending
from the shore out to the eastern
boundary of the EEZ, unless the
Assistant Administrator changes this
area in accordance with paragraph (h) of
this section. From December 1 through
March 31, the Other Southeast Gillnet
Waters consists of the area from the
South Carolina/Georgia border south to
27°51′ N., extending from the shore out
to the eastern boundary of the EEZ,
unless the Assistant Administrator
changes this area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section.
(ii) Area-specific gear requirements.
For all gillnets, except for shark gillnets
as defined in § 229.2, no person may
fish with or have available for
immediate use anchored gillnet gear in
the Other Southeast Gillnet Waters Area
unless that person’s gear complies with
the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(7)(ii) of this section,
which the Assistant Administrator may
revise in accordance with paragraph (h)
of this section.
(iii) Restrictions for straight sets.
Except as provided for shark gillnet gear
under paragraph (g) of this section, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use a straight set of
gillnet gear at night in the Other
Southeast Gillnet Waters Area during
the restricted period.
(2) [Reserved]
(g) Restrictions applicable to
southeast Atlantic shark gillnet gear—
(1) Management areas and restricted
periods—(i) Northern Monitoring and
Restricted Area. From November 15
through April 15, the Northern
Monitoring and Restricted Area consists
of the area from the South Carolina/
Georgia border south to 29°00′ N. (near
Cape Canaveral, FL), extending from the
shore out to the eastern boundary of the
EEZ, unless the Assistant Administrator
changes this area in accordance with
paragraph (h) of this section. From
December 1 through March 31, the
Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area consists of the area from the South
Carolina/Georgia border south to 27°51′
N., extending from the shore out to the
eastern boundary of the EEZ, unless the
Assistant Administrator changes this
area in accordance with paragraph (h) of
this section.
(ii) Southern Monitoring Area. From
December 1 through March 31, the
Southern Monitoring Area consists of
the area from 27°51′ N. south to 26°46.5′
N. (near West Palm Beach, FL) and
extending from the shore out to the
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35942
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
eastern boundary of the EEZ, unless the
Assistant Administrator changes that
area in accordance with paragraph (h) of
this section.
(iii) Area-specific gear requirements.
For all shark gillnets, no person may
fish with or have available for
immediate use shark gillnet gear in the
Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area or Southern Monitoring Area
unless that person’s gear complies with
the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, and
the vessel monitoring system
requirements specified in paragraphs
(g)(3) and (4) of this section.
(2) [Reserved]
(3) Vessel monitoring systems. (i)
Applicability. No person may fish with
or have available for immediate use
shark gillnet gear in the Northern
Monitoring and Restricted Area or the
Southern Monitoring Area during the
restricted period unless the operator of
the vessel is in compliance with the
vessel monitoring system (VMS)
requirements found in 50 CFR 635.69.
NMFS retains the authority to request
that an observer be taken on board a
vessel during a fishing trip at any time
during the restricted period. If NMFS
requests that an observer be taken on
board a vessel, no person may fish with
or have available for immediate use
shark gillnet gear aboard that vessel in
the Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area and Southern Monitoring Area
unless an observer is on board that
vessel during the trip.
(ii) [Reserved]
(4) At-sea observer coverage. (i)
Applicability. NMFS may select any
shark gillnet vessel regulated under
§ 229.32 to carry an observer. When
selected, vessels are required to take
observers on a mandatory basis in
compliance with the requirements for
at-sea observer coverage found in 50
CFR 229.7.
(ii) [Reserved]
(5) Closure for shark gillnet gear.
Except as provided for strikenets under
paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section, no
person may fish with or have available
for immediate use shark gillnet gear in
the Northern Monitoring and Restricted
Area or the Southern Monitoring Area
during the restricted period.
(i) Special provision for strikenets.
Fishing for sharks with strikenet gear is
exempt from the restrictions under
paragraphs (g)(5) of this section if:
(A) No nets are set at night or when
visibility is less than 500 yards (460m);
(B) Each set is made under the
observation of a spotter plane;
(C) No net is set within 3 nautical
miles (5.6 km) of a right, humpback, or
fin whale; and
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(D) If a right, humpback, or fin whale
moves within 3 nautical miles (5.6 km)
of the set gear, the gear is removed
immediately from the water.
(ii) [Reserved]
(h) Other provisions. In addition to
any other emergency authority under
the Marine Mammal Protection Act, the
Endangered Species Act, the MagnusonStevens Fishery Conservation and
Management Act, or other appropriate
authority, the Assistant Administrator
may take action under this section in
the following situations:
(1) Entanglements in critical habitat.
If a serious injury or mortality of a right
whale occurs in the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area from January 1 through
May 15, in the Great South Channel
Restricted Area from April 1 through
June 30, or in the Northern Monitoring
and Restricted Area and the Southern
Monitoring Area from November 15
through March 31 as a result of an
entanglement by trap/pot or gillnet gear
allowed to be used in those areas and
times, the Assistant Administrator shall
close that area to that gear type for the
rest of that time period and for that
same time period in each subsequent
year, unless the Assistant Administrator
revises the restricted period in
accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this
section or unless other measures are
implemented under paragraph (h)(2) of
this section.
(2) Other special measures. The
Assistant Administrator may revise the
requirements of this section through a
publication in the Federal Register if:
(i) NMFS verifies that certain gear
characteristics are both operationally
effective and reduce serious injuries and
mortalities of endangered whales;
(ii) New gear technology is developed
and determined to be appropriate;
(iii) Revised breaking strengths are
determined to be appropriate;
(iv) New marking systems are
developed and determined to be
appropriate;
(v) NMFS determines that right
whales are remaining longer than
expected in a closed area or have left
earlier than expected;
(vi) NMFS determines that the
boundaries of a closed area are not
appropriate;
(vii) Gear testing operations are
considered appropriate; or
(viii) Similar situations occur.
(3) Until 6 months after the
publication of the final rule amending
§ 229.32, NMFS may establish a
temporary Dynamic Area Management
(DAM) zone in the following manner:
(i) Trigger. Upon receipt of a single
reliable report from a qualified
individual of three or more right whales
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
within an area NMFS will plot each
individual sighting (event) and draw a
circle with a 2.8 nm (5.2 km) radius
around it, which will be adjusted for the
number of right whales sighted such
that a density of at least 0.04 right
whales per nm2 (1.85 km2) is
maintained within the circle. If any
circle or group of contiguous circles
includes 3 or more right whales, NMFS
would consider this core area and its
surrounding waters a candidate DAM
zone.
(ii) DAM zone. Areas for
consideration for DAM zones are
limited to areas north of 40°00′ N.
Having identified any circle or group of
contiguous circles including 3 or more
right whales as candidates for
protection, as identified in paragraph
(g)(3)(i) of this section, NMFS will
determine the extent of the DAM zone
as follows:
(A) A larger circular zone will be
drawn to extend 15 nm (27.8 km) from
the perimeter of a circle around each
core area.
(B) The DAM zone will then be
defined by a polygon drawn outside but
tangential to the circular buffer zone(s).
The latitudinal and longitudinal
coordinates of the corners of the
polygon will then be identified.
(iii) Requirements and prohibitions
within DAM zones. Notice of specific
area restrictions will be published in the
Federal Register and will become
effective 2 days after publication. Gear
not in compliance with the imposed
restrictions may not be set in the DAM
zone after the effective date. NMFS may:
(A) require owners of gillnet and trap/
pot gear set within the DAM zone to
remove all such gear within 2 days after
notice is published in the Federal
Register,
(B) Allow fishing within a DAM zone
with anchored gillnet and trap/pot gear,
provided such gear satisfies the
requirements specified in paragraphs
(h)(4)(i)(B)(1) and (h)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this
section, except that a second buoy line
and a section of floating line in the
bottom portion of each line not to
exceed one-third the overall length of
the buoy line are allowed within a DAM
zone. These requirements are in
addition to requirements found in
§ 229.32 (b) through (d) but supersede
them when the requirements in
paragraphs (h)(4)(i)(B)(1) and
(h)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section, with the
exception that a second buoy line and
a section of floating line in the bottom
portion of each line not to exceed onethird the overall length of the buoy line
are allowed within a DAM zone, are
more restrictive than those in § 229.32
(b) through (d). Requirements for
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
anchored gillnet gear in Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters are as specified in
paragraphs (h)(4)(i)(B)(1) of this section,
except that a second buoy line and a
section of floating line in the bottom
portion of each line not to exceed onethird the overall length of the buoy line
are allowed within a DAM zone.
Requirements for trap/pot gear in
Offshore Trap/Pot Waters, Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters and
Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters
are as specified in paragraph
(g)(4)(i)(B)(2) of this section, except that
a second buoy line and a section of
floating line in the bottom portion of
each line not to exceed one-third the
overall length of the buoy line are
allowed within a DAM zone.
Requirements for anchored gillnet gear
in Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area (May
16 through December 31), Stellwagen
Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area,
Great South Channel Restricted Gillnet
Area (July 1 through March 31), Great
South Channel Sliver Restricted Area
(July 1 through March 31), and Mid/
South Atlantic Gillnet Waters are the
same as requirements for Other
Northeast Gillnet Waters. Requirements
for trap/pot gear in Southern Nearshore
Trap/Pot Waters, Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area (May 16 through
December 31) and Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area are the
same as requirements for Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters and
Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters.
Requirements for trap/pot gear in the
Great South Channel Restricted Trap/
Pot Area (July 1 through March 31) are
the same as requirements for Offshore
Trap/Pot Waters.
(C) Issue an alert to fishermen using
appropriate media to inform them of the
fact that right whale density in a certain
area has triggered a DAM zone. In the
alert, NMFS will provide detailed
information on the location of the DAM
zone and the number of animals sighted
within it. Furthermore, NMFS will
request that fishermen voluntarily
remove trap/pot and anchored gillnet
gear from the DAM zone and ask that no
additional gear be set inside it for 15
days or until NMFS rescinds the alert.
(D) The determination of whether
restrictions will be imposed within a
DAM zone would be based on NMFS’
review of a variety of factors, including
but not limited to: The location of the
DAM zone with respect to other fishery
closure areas, weather conditions as
they relate to the safety of human life at
sea, the type and amount of gear already
present in the area, and a review of
recent right whale entanglement and
mortality data.
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
(iv) Restricted period. Any DAM zone
will remain in effect for a minimum
period of 15 days. At the conclusion of
the 15-day period, the DAM zone will
expire automatically unless it is
extended by subsequent publication in
the Federal Register.
(v) Extensions of the restricted period.
Any 15-day period may be extended if
NMFS determines that the trigger
established in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this
section continues to be met.
(vi) Reopening of restricted zone.
NMFS may remove any gear restriction
or prohibition and reopen the DAM
zone prior to its automatic expiration if
there are no confirmed sightings of right
whales for at least 1 week, or other
credible evidence indicates that right
whales have left the DAM zone. NMFS
will notify the public of the reopening
of a DAM zone prior to the expiration
of the 15-day period by issuing a
document in the Federal Register and
through other appropriate media.
(4) Seasonal Area Management (SAM)
Program. Until January 1, 2008, in
addition to existing requirements for
vessels deploying anchored gillnet or
trap/pot gear in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters, Northern Inshore State
Trap/Pot Waters, Northern Nearshore
Trap/Pot Waters, Offshore Trap/Pot
Waters, Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area (July 1 through July 31),
Great South Channel Sliver Restricted
Area (May 1 through July 31), Great
South Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area
(July 1 through July 31), and Stellwagen
Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area
found at § 229.32 (b)–(d), a vessel may
fish in the SAM Areas as described in
paragraphs (h)(4)(i)(A) and (h)(4)(ii)(A)
of this section, which overlay the
previously mentioned areas, provided
the vessel complies with the gear
requirements specified in paragraphs
(h)(4)(i)(B) and (h)(4)(ii)(B) of this
section during the times specified in
those paragraphs. The gear requirements
in (h)(4)(i)(B) and (h)(4)(ii)(B) of this
section supercede requirements found at
§ 229.32 (b)–(d) when the former are
more restrictive than the latter. For
example, the closures applicable to trap/
pot and gillnet gear in the Great South
Channel found in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii)
and (d)(3)(ii) of this section are more
restrictive than the gear modifications
described in this section and, therefore,
supercede them. (Copies of a chart
depicting these areas are available upon
request from the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(i) SAM West. (A) Area. SAM West
consists of all waters bounded by
straight lines connecting the following
points in the order stated:
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
35943
SAM WEST
Point
SAM1
SAM2
SAM3
SAM4
SAM5
N. lat.
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
42°30′
42°30′
41°48.9′
41°40′
41°40′
SAM6 ...........
SAM7 ...........
SAM8 ...........
42°04.8′
42°12′
42°12′
W. long.
70°30′
69°24′
69°24′
69°45′
69°57′ and
along the
Eastern
Shore of
Cape Cod
to
70°10′
70°15′
70°30′
(B) Gear requirements. Unless
otherwise authorized by the Assistant
Administrator, in accordance with
paragraph (h)(2) of this section, from
March 1 through April 30, no person
may fish with or have available for
immediate use anchored gillnet or trap/
pot gear in SAM West unless that
person’s gear complies with the
following gear modifications:
(1) Anchored gillnet gear. (i)
Groundlines—All groundlines must be
made entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line. Floating
groundlines are prohibited. The
attachment of buoys, toggles, or other
floatation devices to groundlines
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line is prohibited.
(ii) Weak links—All buoys, flotation
devices, and/or weights, such as toggles
and/or leaded lines, are attached to the
buoy line with a weak link placed as
close to each individual buoy, flotation
device, and/or weight as operationally
feasible that has a maximum breaking
strength of up to 1,100 lb (498.9 kg). The
weak link must be chosen from the
following list of combinations approved
by NMFS: Swivels, plastic weak links,
rope of appropriate breaking strength,
hog rings, rope stapled to a buoy stick,
or other materials or devices approved
in writing by the Assistant
Administrator. Weak links must break
cleanly at the bitter end of the buoy line
and the bitter end of the buoy line must
be free of any knots when the line
breaks. Splices are not considered to be
knots for the purposes of this provision.
(A copy of a brochure illustrating the
techniques for making weak links is
available upon request to the Office of
the Regional Administrator, NMFS, 1
Blackburn Drive, Gloucester, MA
01930.)
(iii Net panel weak links. The
breaking strength of each weak link
must not exceed 1,100 lb (498.9 kg). The
weak link requirements apply to all
variations in panel size. Weak links
must break cleanly at the bitter end of
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
35944
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 / Proposed Rules
the buoy line and the bitter end of the
buoy line must be free of any knots
when the line breaks. Splices are not
considered to be knots for the purposes
of this provision. (A copy of a brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available upon request to
the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(iv) For all variations in panel size,
the following weak link requirements
apply: Weak links must be placed in the
center of each of the up and down lines
at both ends of the net panel, and one
floatline weak link must be placed as
close as possible to each end of the net
panel where the floatline meets the up
and down line.
(v) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or less in length, one weak
link must be placed in the center of the
floatline.
(vi) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or greater in length, weak
links must be placed continuously along
the floatline separated by a maximum
distance of 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7
m).
(vii) Buoy lines. All buoy lines must
be comprised of sinking line except the
bottom portion of the line, which may
be a section of floating line not to
exceed one-third the overall length of
the buoy line.
(viii) Gillnet anchor. All anchored
gillnets, regardless of the number of net
panels, must be securely anchored with
a holding power of at least a 22-lb (10kg) Danforth-style anchor at each end of
the net string.
(2) Trap/pot gear. (i) Groundlines—
All groundlines must be made entirely
of sinking and/or neutrally buoyant line.
Floating groundlines are prohibited. The
attachment of buoys, toggles, or other
floatation devices to groundlines
comprised entirely of sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line is prohibited.
(ii) Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot
Waters, Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Areas, and Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area weak
links—All flotation devices or weights
must be attached to the buoy line with
a weak link placed as close to the buoy
as operationally feasible that has a
maximum breaking strength of up to 600
lb (272.4 kg). The weak link must be
chosen from the following list of
VerDate jul<14>2003
22:15 Jun 20, 2005
Jkt 205001
combinations approved by NMFS:
swivels, plastic weak links, rope of
appropriate breaking strength, hog rings,
rope stapled to a buoy stick, or other
materials or devices approved in writing
by the Assistant Administrator. Weak
links must break cleanly at the bitter
end of the buoy line and the bitter end
of the buoy line must be free of any
knots when the line breaks. (A copy of
a brochure illustrating the techniques
for making weak links is available upon
request to the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(iii) Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
weak links—All flotation devices or
weights must be attached to the buoy
line with a weak link placed as close to
the buoy as operationally feasible that
has a maximum breaking strength of up
to 1,500 lb (680.4 kg). The weak link
must be chosen from the following list
of combinations approved by NMFS:
swivels, plastic weak links, rope of
appropriate breaking strength, hog rings,
rope stapled to a buoy stick, or other
materials or devices approved in writing
by the Assistant Administrator. Weak
links must break cleanly at the bitter
end of the buoy line and the bitter end
of the buoy line must be free of any
knots when the line breaks. Splices are
not considered to be knots for the
purposes of this provision. (A copy of a
brochure illustrating the techniques for
making weak links is available upon
request to the Office of the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, 1 Blackburn
Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.)
(iv) Buoy lines—All buoy lines must
be comprised of sinking line except the
bottom portion of the line, which may
be a section of floating line not to
exceed one-third the overall length of
the buoy line.
(ii) SAM East. (A) Area. SAM East
consists of all waters bounded by
straight lines connecting the following
points in the order stated:
SAM EAST
Point
N. lat.
SAM9 ...........
SAM10 .........
SAM11 .........
SAM12 .........
SAM4 ...........
PO 00000
42°30′
42°30′
42°09′
41°00′
41°40′
W. long.
69°45′
67°27′
67°08.4′
69°05′
69°45′
(B) Gear requirements. Unless
otherwise authorized by the Assistant
Administrator, in accordance with
paragraph (h)(2) of this section, from
May 1 through July 31, no person may
fish with anchored gillnet or trap/pot
gear in SAM East unless that person’s
gear complies with the gear
modifications found at paragraph
(h)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
Note to § 229.32: Additional regulations
that affect fishing with lobster trap gear have
also been issued under authority of the
Atlantic Coastal Fisheries Cooperative
Management Act in part 697 of this title.
PART 635—ATLANTIC HIGHLY
MIGRATORY SPECIES
1. The authority citation for 50 CFR
part 635 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 971 et seq.; 16 U.S.C.
1801 et seq.
2. In § 635.69, paragraph (a)(3) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 635.69
Vessel monitoring systems.
(a) * * *
(3) Whenever a vessel, issued a
directed shark LAP, is away from port
with a gillnet on board during the right
whale calving season specified in the
regulations implementing the Atlantic
Large Whale Take Reduction Plan
Regulations in § 229.32 of this title.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 648—FISHERIES OF THE
NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES
1. The authority citation for 50 CFR
part 648 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.
2. In § 648.264, paragraph (a)(6)(i) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 648.264
Gear requirements/restrictions.
(a) * * *
(6) Additional gear requirements. (i)
Vessels must comply with the gear
regulations found at § 229.32 of this
title.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 05–11847 Filed 6–20–05; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\21JNP3.SGM
21JNP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 70, Number 118 (Tuesday, June 21, 2005)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 35894-35944]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 05-11847]
[[Page 35893]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part III
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Parts 229, 635, and 648
Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Commercial Fishing Operations;
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan Regulations; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 118 / Tuesday, June 21, 2005 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 35894]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Parts 229, 635, and 648
[Docket No. 050127019-5019-01; I.D. 120304D]
RIN 0648-AS01
Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Commercial Fishing
Operations; Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan Regulations
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) proposes to amend
the regulations implementing the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Plan (ALWTRP), to revise the management measures for reducing the
incidental mortality and serious injury to the North Atlantic right
whale (Eubalaena glacialis), humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae),
and fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus) in commercial fisheries to meet
the goals of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) and the Endangered
Species Act (ESA). NMFS proposes additional regulations for the
fisheries currently covered by the ALWTRP, which include the Northeast
sink gillnet, Northeast/Mid-Atlantic American lobster trap/pot, U.S.
Mid-Atlantic coastal gillnet, Southeast Atlantic gillnet, and
Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet fisheries. NMFS also proposes
to regulate the following fisheries from the MMPA's List of Fisheries
for the first time under the ALWTRP: Northeast anchored float gillnet,
Northeast drift gillnet, Atlantic blue crab, and Atlantic mixed species
trap/pot fisheries targeting crab (red, Jonah, and rock), hagfish,
finfish (black sea bass, scup, tautog, cod, haddock, pollock, redfish
(ocean perch), and white hake), conch/whelk, and shrimp.
DATES: Comments on the proposed rule must be received by 5 p.m. EST on
July 21, 2005.
ADDRESSES: Comments may be submitted on this proposed rule, identified
by RIN 0648-AS01, by any one of the following methods:
(1) NMFS/Northeast Region Web site: https://www.nero.noaa.gov/nero/
regs/com. Follow the instructions on the Web site for submitting
comments.
(2) Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov. Follow
the instruction on the Web site for submitting comments.
(3) E-mail: whalerule.comments@noaa.gov. Please include the RIN
0648-AS01 in the subject line of the message.
(4) Mail: Mary Colligan, Assistant Regional Administrator for
Protected Resources, NMFS, Northeast Region, 1 Blackburn Dr.,
Gloucester, MA 01930, ATTN: ALWTRP Proposed Rule.
(5) Facsimile (fax) to: 978-281-9394, ATTN: ALWTRP Proposed Rule.
Copies of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement/Regulatory
Impact Review for this action can be obtained from the ALWTRP Web site
listed under the Electronic Access portion of this document. Atlantic
Large Whale Take Reduction Team (ALWTRT) meeting summaries, and
progress reports on implementation of the ALWTRP may be obtained by
writing Diane Borggaard, NMFS, Northeast Region, 1 Blackburn Dr.,
Gloucester, MA 01930 or Juan Levesque, NMFS, Southeast Region, 9721
Executive Center Dr., St. Petersburg, FL 33702-2432. For additional
addresses and Web sites for document availability see SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Diane Borggaard, NMFS, Northeast
Region, 978-281-9300 Ext. 6503, diane.borggaard@noaa.gov; Kristy Long,
NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, 301-713-2322,
kristy.long@noaa.gov; or Barb Zoodsma, NMFS, Southeast Region, 904-321-
2806, barb.zoodsma@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
Several of the background documents for the ALWTRP and the take
reduction planning process can be downloaded from the ALWTRP Web site
at https://www.nero.noaa.gov/whaletrp/. Copies of the most recent marine
mammal stock assessment reports may be obtained by writing to Richard
Merrick, NMFS, 166 Water St., Woods Hole, MA 02543 or can be downloaded
from the Internet at https://www.nefsc.noaa.gov/psb/assesspdfs.htm. In
addition, copies of the documents entitled ``Defining Triggers for
Temporary Area Closures to Protect Right Whales from Entanglements:
Issues and Options'' and ``Identification of Seasonal Area Management
Zones for North Atlantic Right Whale Conservation'' are available by
writing to Diane Borggaard, NMFS, Northeast Region, 1 Blackburn Dr.,
Gloucester, MA 01930 or can be downloaded from the ALWTRP Web site at
https://www.nero.noaa.gov/whaletrp/. The complete text of the
regulations implementing the ALWTRP can be found either in the Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR) at 50 CFR 229.32 or downloaded from the Web
site, along with a guide to the regulations.
Background
The ALWTRP was originally developed pursuant to section 118 of the
Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) to reduce the level of serious
injury and mortality of three strategic stocks of large whales (fin,
humpback, and North Atlantic right) interacting with Category I and II
fisheries (i.e., those with frequent or occasional serious injury or
mortality of marine mammals). The MMPA defines a strategic stock of
marine mammals as a stock: (1) For which the level of direct human-
caused mortality exceeds the Potential Biological Removal (PBR) level;
(2) which, based on the best available scientific information, is
declining and is likely to be listed as a threatened species under the
ESA within the foreseeable future; or (3) which is listed as a
threatened or endangered species under the ESA, or as depleted under
the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1362(19)). Specific Category I and II fisheries
under the original ALWTRP included the New England Multispecies sink
gillnet (now called Northeast sink gillnet), Gulf of Maine/U.S. Mid-
Atlantic lobster trap/pot (now called Northeast/Mid-Atlantic American
lobster trap/pot), U.S. Mid-Atlantic coastal gillnet, and Southeastern
U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet fisheries. The measures identified in the
ALWTRP were also intended to benefit minke whales (Balaenoptera
acutorostrata), which are not strategic, but are known to be taken
incidentally in gillnet and American lobster trap/pot fisheries.
In general, the ALWTRP has consisted of a combination of regulatory
and non-regulatory measures, including broad gear modifications, time-
area closures, expanded disentanglement efforts, extensive outreach
efforts in key areas, gear research, and an expanded right whale
surveillance program to supplement the Mandatory Ship Reporting System.
The background for the take reduction planning process and initial
development of the ALWTRP is provided in the preambles to the proposed
(62 FR 16519, April 7, 1997), interim final (62 FR 39157, July 22,
1997), and final (64 FR 7529, February 16, 1999) rules that implemented
the original plan.
Since its implementation in 1997, the ALWTRP has been modified
several
[[Page 35895]]
times to reduce the serious injury and mortality of large whales in
gillnet and American lobster trap/pot gear. An interim final rule
published in December 2000 (65 FR 80368, December 21, 2000) and a final
rule in January 2002 (67 FR 1300, January 10, 2002; 67 FR 15493, April
2, 2002), contain background information on changes to the ALWTRP that
implemented additional gear modifications. In 2002, a final rule added
the Southeast Atlantic gillnet fishery to those fisheries regulated by
the ALWTRP, restricting the use of straight set gillnets at night in
the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area (67 FR 59471, September 23, 2002; 68
FR 19464, April 21, 2003). An interim final rule implemented a Seasonal
Area Management (SAM) program (67 FR 1142, January 9, 2002; 67 FR
65722, October 28, 2002), which identified two management areas based
on the annual predictable presence of right whales and required gear
modifications for lobster trap/pot and anchored gillnet gear in these
areas on a seasonal basis. Additionally, in 2002, a final rule
implemented a Dynamic Area Management (DAM) program (67 FR 1133,
January 9, 2002; 67 FR 65722, October 28, 2002) to protect unexpected
aggregations of right whales that met appropriate criteria by
temporarily restricting lobster trap/pot and anchored gillnet fishing
in a designated area. A final rule published in August 2003 (68 FR
10195, March 4, 2003; 68 FR 51195, August 26, 2003) identified gear
modifications determined to sufficiently reduce the risk of
entanglement to right whales, and, therefore, deemed acceptable for
fishing in DAM zones. Copies of the above documents and their
supporting Environmental Assessments are available from the NMFS,
Northeast Region (see ADDRESSES).
ESA Section 7 Consultation and the ALWTRP
As described above, the ALWTRP was developed under section 118 of
the MMPA and subsequently modified to comply with the purposes and
policies of the MMPA. However, the three whale species directly
protected by the ALWTRP (fin, humpback, and North Atlantic right) are
also listed under the Endangered Species Act (ESA)(16 U.S.C. 1531 et
seq.). In addition, many of the fisheries affected by the ALWTRP are
subject to interagency consultation under section 7 of the ESA since
the fisheries occur (at least in part) in Federal waters and are
federally managed. These include the American lobster, black sea bass,
and deep-sea red crab trap/pot fisheries; and the Northeast
multispecies, monkfish, spiny dogfish, bluefish, southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark, and southeast Atlantic coastal pelagic gillnet
fisheries.
Section 7 of the ESA requires Federal agencies to ensure that their
actions (e.g., implementation of fishery management measures) do not
jeopardize the continued existence of ESA-listed species. The process
for determining whether a Federal agency action will jeopardize any
ESA-listed species is referred to as ``section 7 consultation.'' In
1996, NMFS completed section 7 consultations for the American lobster
trap/pot fishery and the Northeast multispecies gillnet fishery and
concluded that the operation of these fisheries would jeopardize the
continued existence of North Atlantic right whales as a result of
serious injuries and mortalities occurring within lobster trap/pot and
multispecies sink gillnet gear. NMFS also concluded that the new ALWTRP
measures would modify these fisheries in such a way that jeopardy would
be avoided. NMFS, therefore, accepted the ALWTRP measures as a
reasonable and prudent alternative (RPA) to avoid jeopardy to right
whales from these two fisheries.
Similarly, following section 7 consultation on the Monkfish Fishery
Management Plan (FMP) and Spiny Dogfish FMP in 1998 and 1999,
respectively, NMFS concluded that the existing ALWTRP measures would
avoid the likelihood that the gillnet component of these fisheries
would jeopardize the continued existence of North Atlantic right
whales.
In 2000, NMFS reinitiated section 7 consultation for the Federal
lobster, Northeast multispecies, monkfish, and spiny dogfish fisheries
after receiving new information that indicated right whale population
status was declining (Caswell et al., 1999), whale entanglements
resulting in serious injuries were still occurring, and a recent right
whale death resulted from entanglement in gillnet gear. Section 7
consultation for each of the four fisheries was completed on June 14,
2001, and concluded that the existing ALWTRP measures were not
sufficient to remove the likelihood of jeopardy for North Atlantic
right whales. A new RPA was developed for the four fisheries and
included SAM, DAM, and additional gear modifications. These measures
were implemented through rulemaking as part of the ALWTRP. The RPA also
included monitoring criteria (a non-regulatory measure) to help assess
the effectiveness of the RPA.
In 2002, eight right whales were observed entangled after
implementation of the RPA measures. One of the eight, a female right
whale born in 2000 (RW 3107), had line with an attached buoy
wrapped around and cutting into her tail stock. Several disentanglement
attempts were made and she was subsequently freed of the gear. The
recovered gear was examined to obtain further information on the
entanglement event. NMFS could not positively identify the fishery or
owner of the gear. However, based on the examination, NMFS concluded
that the gear was consistent with that used in the inshore lobster trap
fishery (Whittingham et al., 2003). [On July 30, 2003, NOAA Fisheries
gear specialist clarified that the term ``inshore lobster trap
fishery'' as used in the draft 2002 Large Whale Entanglement Report
refers to U.S. waters that include northern inshore (certain state
waters), northern nearshore, and southern nearshore waters as they are
defined under the ALWTRP.] This conclusion was based on the
configuration of the recovered gear, including the presence of a weak
link with a breaking strength of no more than 600 lb (272.4 kg). Six
weeks after the disentanglement, her carcass washed ashore on
Nantucket, MA.
Although the exact cause of death could not be determined, the
necropsy of RW 3107 did reveal substantial tissue damage to
the tail stock in the area where the entangling gear had been present.
A draft necropsy report describes the most likely cause of death (based
on the available evidence) as an infection or other debilitating
condition caused by the injuries to the tail stock.
NMFS reviewed the necropsy report and considered whether it
provided sufficient information to show, based on RPA monitoring
criteria, that the RPA was not effective at avoiding the likelihood of
jeopardy to right whales. On June 13, 2003, NMFS received confirmation
from the Northeast Fisheries Science Center (NEFSC) that the Atlantic
Scientific Review Group (ASRG) concurred with the NEFSC finding that
the death of RW 3107 was an entanglement related mortality.
[The ASRG is 1 of 3 independent regional scientific review groups
composed of individuals, in part, with expertise in marine mammal
biology and ecology, population dynamics and modeling, and commercial
fishing technology and practices. The review groups were established as
required by section 117 of the MMPA, and serve as advisors to NOAA
Fisheries and the FWS with respect to marine mammal issues.]
There is no way to determine exactly when and where RW
3107 became entangled. She was last seen prior to the
entanglement in December 2001 off of
[[Page 35896]]
South Carolina. She was next seen (entangled) in July 2002 in Canadian
waters off of Nova Scotia. Although RW 3107 could have become
entangled in Canadian waters, NMFS considers this unlikely since
Canadian trap fishers (whether for lobster, crab, or fish) are not
required to use a 600-lb (272.4-kg) weak link. The more likely scenario
is that RW 3107 became entangled in U.S. waters. While it is
possible that she became entangled prior to when the RPA measures went
into effect, this is somewhat irrelevant since the weak link on the
entangling gear was the same breaking strength as is currently required
by the RPA for certain lobster fishing areas.
In summary, while the gear recovered from RW 3107 cannot
be identified as originating from the U.S. lobster fishery, NMFS has
determined that the gear is consistent with gear approved for use in
the lobster fishery that is conducted in portions of the U.S. Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ). In addition, NMFS has been advised that RW
3107 died as a result of injuries caused by the entanglement.
Therefore, based on the RPA monitoring criteria from the June 14, 2001,
biological opinion, NMFS concluded that the entanglement event for RW
3107 provides evidence that the RPA described in the June 14,
2001, Opinion is not effective at avoiding the likelihood of
jeopardizing the continued existence of right whales by the lobster
trap fishery. As required, NMFS has reinitiated consultation to
reexamine the effects of the fishery, as modified by the existing
ALWTRP and RPA measures, on right whales. This consultation is in
progress.
NMFS reinitiated section 7 consultation on the Summer Flounder,
Scup, Black Sea Bass FMP following new information on the applicability
of the ALWTRP measures for federally-permitted black sea bass fishermen
using pot/trap gear. This consultation is also in progress.
In the Southeast Region, NMFS has conducted section 7 consultations
on the following fishery management plans: Coastal Migratory Pelagics;
Swordfish, Tuna, Shark, and Billfish; and Snapper-Grouper. In 1992, the
section 7 consultation for Amendment 6 to the Coastal Migratory
Pelagics FMP concluded that the proposed actions to regulate pelagic
hook-and-line and gillnet fishing gear were not likely to adversely
affect ESA-listed species, but that the fishing activities conducted
under the authority of the FMP may affect, but were not likely to
jeopardize, the continued existence of listed sea turtles. Subsequent
consultations conducted on additional amendments to the Coastal
Migratory Pelagics FMP and emergency actions have been informal. These
informal consultations concluded that the regulatory changes resulting
from these additional amendments would not alter the findings presented
in the 1992 biological opinion prepared for Amendment 6 to the FMP. In
addition, NMFS does not have data indicating that the level of take for
sea turtles, as specified in the 1992 incidental take statement, has
been exceeded, which would require reinitiating formal consultation.
However, due to the listing of new species (e.g., smalltooth sawfish)
on the ESA and designation of critical habitat for right whales in the
southeast U.S. since 1992, NMFS believes reinitiating formal
consultation is warranted and has begun this process.
In 2003, NMFS conducted a section 7 consultation for the Draft
Amendment 1 to the Highly Migratory Species FMP. The section 7
consultation concluded that, based on the lack of reported interactions
between large whales and the Southeast U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery since the implementation of the ALWTRP and the RPA identified
in the May 1997 biological opinion, the proposed action may affect, but
is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of right, humpback,
and fin whales.
Since 1989, NMFS has conducted numerous section 7 consultations on
the Snapper-Grouper FMP and its subsequent amendments. These
consultations have all concluded that the trap/pot gear used by the
fisheries managed under the FMP, such as black sea bass pots, were not
likely to jeopardize the continued existence of endangered large whales
or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical
habitat. In 2000, a section 7 consultation for Amendment 12 to the FMP
came to the same conclusion as all the prior consultations, however,
NMFS expressed that interactions between hook-and-line and pot gear
used by this fishery and endangered marine mammals and sea turtles may
warrant further consideration in future amendments. Therefore, NMFS is
presently in the process of re-initiating formal consultation on the
Snapper-Grouper FMP.
Take Reduction Team Activities During 2003 and 2004
Under the 1994 Amendments to the MMPA, the immediate goal of a take
reduction plan (TRP) is to reduce the incidental take of strategic
stocks of marine mammals in commercial fishing operations to below PBR
within 6 months of implementing a TRP. The long-term goal is to reduce
incidental takes to insignificant levels approaching a zero mortality
and serious injury rate (69 FR 43338, July 20, 2004) within 5 years of
implementing a TRP. For right whales, these two goals are essentially
the same since the PBR level is zero. Under the ESA, NMFS is obligated
to use its authorities to conserve endangered and threatened species
and ensure that actions authorized by the agency, such as fishing in
Federal waters, are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of
any endangered or threatened species, including right whales.
NMFS determined that additional modifications to the ALWTRP were
warranted based on the continued entanglement of large whales in
commercial fishing gear since the 2002 ALWTRP regulations became
effective. Therefore, NMFS reconvened the ALWTRT from April 28-30,
2003, to help evaluate the ALWTRP and discuss additional modifications
necessary to meet the goals of the MMPA and ESA. NMFS asked the ALWTRT
to consider some preliminary options provided in advance of the
meeting, as well as develop additional options for addressing
incidental interactions between commercial fisheries and large whales.
Particular emphasis was placed on those options designed to reduce the
potential for entanglements and minimize adverse impacts if
entanglements occur.
Following the April 2003 meeting, the ALWTRT met in separate
subgroups over the next 2 months to further discuss and refine the
proposals developed at the April meeting. These ALWTRT meetings
included a ``Northeast Inshore Lobster Trap/Pot'' subgroup that met on
May 19, 2003; an ``Offshore Trap/Pot'' subgroup that met on June 17,
2003; a ``Southeast/Mid-Atlantic'' subgroup that met on June 23, 2003;
and a ``Northeast Gillnet'' subgroup met on June 24, 2003. All ALWTRT
meetings, including subgroup meetings, were open to the public.
Subsequently, on June 30, 2003, NMFS published a Notice of Intent
(NOI) in the Federal Register to announce the agency's intent to
prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) that would analyze the
impacts of alternatives for amending the ALWTRP (68 FR 38676). The 2003
NOI expanded the scope of analysis from an NOI previously published in
2001 (66 FR 50390, October 3, 2001), which was issued when NMFS was
planning to prepare an EIS to analyze the impacts of alternatives under
consideration to finalize the SAM program. In the 2003 NOI, NMFS
announced several public
[[Page 35897]]
scoping meetings along the east coast to solicit comments on the range
of issues to be considered during the preparation of the EIS. Proposals
from the April 2003 ALWTRT meeting and subsequent subgroup meetings
were used to develop an issues and options document, which NMFS made
available to the public during the scoping process. The ALWTRT had
agreed on two overriding principles for reducing the risk of
interactions between large whales and commercial fisheries; these
principles were included in the scoping document. These include the
following: (1) Reducing profiles of all groundlines to minimize risk of
entanglement and (2) reducing the risk of entanglement associated with
vertical lines.
The document also described the major issues, current management
and legal requirements, and potential management measures (including
measures already in effect) to address fisheries that may frequently or
occasionally interact with large whales. During the summer of 2003,
NMFS conducted six public scoping meetings along the east coast.
The full ALWTRT met again February 3-4, 2004. NMFS updated team
members and interested parties on recent whale conservation activities
and research, revisited the ALWTRP principles, and discussed the
upcoming rulemaking process, among other issues. At this meeting,
similar to the 2003 ALWTRT meeting, much of the discussions focused on
ways to reduce the entanglement risk associated with groundlines. To
date, the ALWTRT meetings and the scoping meetings associated with the
draft EIS (DEIS) process have yielded little from which NMFS could
propose effective and comprehensive management measures designed to
address the vertical line issue. In fact, at the 2004 ALWTRT meeting,
team members highlighted the need for further biological and gear
research to develop appropriate management measures for reducing the
risk associated with vertical lines. As a result, NMFS is outlining a
strategy to reduce interactions with groundlines in this proposed rule,
along with some measures to address vertical lines, and plans to
further address the risk associated with vertical lines through future
rulemaking.
Reducing the Risk of Entanglement Associated With Groundlines
Floating groundline is a source of entanglement for large whales.
Underwater video recording of typical trap/pot gear with floating
groundline between traps revealed that the line often forms large loops
in the water column (an average of 8-18 feet (2.44-5.49 meters) above
the bottom) between traps (McKiernan et al., 2002). This slack in the
floating line presents an entanglement risk to large whales because
they often use the entire water column when foraging. For example,
during feeding activities in Cape Cod Bay, three right whales tagged by
multi-sensor telemetry units spent up to 31 percent of their time in
the bottom third of the water column. During non-feeding activities,
whale use in this portion of the water column increased up to 40
percent (Wiley & Goodyear, 1998).
One method proposed at the April 2003 ALWTRT meeting for reducing
the groundline entanglement risk centered on lowering the profile of
the line to a pre-determined level, which would remove it from the mid-
and upper portions of the water column. However, at the February 2004
ALWTRT meeting, a group of large whale researchers proposed that
lowering the profile of groundlines to within a few feet of the bottom
may not be effective at reducing the risk of large whale entanglements
in some areas, particularly areas known to support foraging
aggregations of highly endangered right whales. They explained that
many of the most serious right whales entanglements involve the head
and mouth. These head and mouth entanglements presumably occur during
open-mouth feeding activities that may be correlated to a dense layer
of zooplankton near the bottom of the seafloor. Therefore, the ALWTRT
recommended using sinking or neutrally buoyant groundline in these
areas, which would bring groundlines down to the seafloor.
In light of this information, NMFS is unable to support using
``low-profile'' groundline at this time. Further research and analysis
is needed on whether lowering the profile of groundline to depths other
than the ocean bottom reduces the potential for large whale
entanglement in certain areas. Additionally, NMFS must determine the
appropriate depth to which the groundline profile could be reduced.
Specifically, further information and analysis are needed on prey
distribution, large whale distribution and behavior, and methods for
reducing the profile of groundline. NMFS would need to define ``Low-
profile'' line in such a way that it is enforceable, is operationally
feasible for fishermen, and reduces the risk of entanglement.
Presently, NMFS and others are researching all of these issues. NMFS
may consider ``low-profile'' groundline in the future. Through this
proposed rule, NMFS is soliciting comments and information on any of
the issues noted above that are related to ``low profile'' groundline.
Reducing the Risk of Entanglement Associated With Vertical Lines
Although this proposed rule contains alternatives that would
require fishermen to convert groundlines from floating line to sinking
line and provides a plan for addressing vertical lines in the future,
NMFS is proposing a staged approach to the implementation of gear
modifications. Through this proposed rule, groundline modifications
would be implemented and vertical line modifications would follow once
sufficient gear research is conducted. NMFS developed this approach
jointly with the ALWTRT. The ALWTRT agreed at the April 2003 meeting
that NMFS should reduce the risk of entanglement associated with
vertical lines as well as reduce the profile of groundline. This is
supported by Johnson et al. (2005), which concluded that any line
rising into the water column presents an entanglement risk to large
whales; although it is difficult to compare the relative risks
associated with different gear parts (e.g., vertical lines versus
groundlines). As mentioned previously, most ALWTRT members proposed
that, at this time, NMFS should only consider management options to
address groundlines and should address vertical lines in future
rulemaking actions. Currently, neither the ALWTRT nor NMFS is able to
identify a viable option for further reducing the risk associated with
vertical lines. Therefore, NMFS believes that additional research and
discussions with the ALWTRT are needed to address this issue.
A better scientific understanding about the nature of
entanglements, specifically the gear part involved (e.g., vertical
line), would help NMFS develop better management programs and reduce
the serious injury and mortality of large whales due to incidental
interactions with commercial fisheries. Therefore, NMFS is also
proposing in this rule to expand the gear marking requirements for
vertical lines, which would help provide information about the nature
of the gear involved in large whale entanglements. This information
would also provide valuable insight concerning where, when, and how the
entangling gear was set.
Research into reducing the risk associated with vertical line is
currently focusing on the profiles of vertical line with different buoy
line configurations (e.g., sinking/neutrally buoyant vs.
polypropylene), as well as other
[[Page 35898]]
modifications (e.g., requiring a minimum number of traps per trawl in
certain areas). NMFS and others are also investigating how whales
utilize the water column, including foraging ecology and diving
behavior, which will help determine the appropriate mitigation
strategies for reducing entanglement risk from vertical lines.
As noted above, the alternatives considered in this proposed rule
focus primarily on reducing risks associated with groundlines. However,
until new vertical line gear modifications are developed, NMFS is
responding to the vertical line issue through such measures as
proposing expanded gear marking, reducing the breaking strength of weak
links, regulating additional fisheries under the ALWTRP, and
considering two buoy lines allowed per trawl or string. In the latter
case, NMFS found that requiring the use of one buoy line may encourage
fishermen to split trawls or strings, thus increasing the number of
vertical lines in the water column. In addition, requiring one buoy
line may increase the risk of gear loss, thereby increasing the
entanglement risks associated with ``ghost gear'' or fishing gear left
untended or lost that continues to fish. Therefore, this would not be
an effective broad-based measure to implement.
In light of the ongoing research on the risk of entanglement in
vertical lines and the lack of a viable management option for
addressing the issue at this time, NMFS is proposing the use of sinking
and/or neutrally buoyant groundline to reduce the serious injury and
mortality from incidental interactions between large whales and
commercial fishing gear. However, through this action, NMFS is
soliciting comments and information on any of these issues discussed
above that are also related to vertical lines.
Preferred Alternatives
As a result of public input provided through the DEIS scoping
process, NMFS developed six alternatives, including a ``No Action'' or
status quo alternative, to modify the ALWTRP. All six of these
alternatives are described and analyzed in detail in the DEIS prepared
to accompany this proposed rule (NMFS, 2004). Of the six alternatives
considered, NMFS has identified two Preferred Alternatives
(Alternatives 3 and 6 in the DEIS) for amending the ALWTRP, which are
described below. Although NMFS has identified six alternatives, two of
which are preferred, NMFS is seeking comment on all the alternatives.
Based on comments received, NMFS proposes to implement one alternative
in the final rule.
The two Preferred Alternatives include the following: Expanding the
geographic and temporal requirements of the ALWTRP; broad-based gear
modifications such as reducing the profile of groundline and marking
vertical lines; applying ALWTRP regulations to similar gillnet and
trap/pot gear not currently regulated; and clarifying existing
regulations so the intended effect is more understandable. Although
NMFS did not receive consensus (i.e., unanimity) from the ALWTRT on the
specific amendments to the ALWTRP, the preferred alternatives analyzed
in the DEIS and proposed in this document are based on proposals
presented by the ALWTRT and the general public during both ALWTRT and
DEIS scoping meetings.
Alternative Three (Preferred)
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan for
Boundaries and Seasons
The dataset used in the analyses to determine the proposed
boundaries and seasons for ALWTRP gear modifications was drawn from the
December 2003 version of the North Atlantic Right Whale (NARW) Sighting
Database curated by the University of Rhode Island (URI). This dataset
includes all large whale sightings collected during all right whale
surveys, totaling 21,977 right, 4,414 humpback, and 8,098 fin whale
sighting records from the 18th century through 2003.
These sighting records have documented the presence of all three
species as far offshore as the eastern edge of the EEZ. In addition,
given the limited amount of offshore survey effort, it is almost
certain that there are more large whales in this area than are recorded
in the database. Therefore, this preferred alternative would extend the
ALWTRP gear modifications for regulated areas of the east coast out to
the eastern edge of the EEZ. NMFS believes that expanding the waters
regulated under the ALWTRP would protect large whales where they have
been historically sighted and are expected to occur. Moreover, this
proposed expansion would make the ALWTRP more consistent with the
waters regulated under Fishery Management Plans (FMPs), which manage
fisheries out to the eastern edge of the EEZ.
As indicated by the dataset, right, humpback, and fin whale
distributions have a strong spatial and temporal aspect; therefore,
this preferred alternative identifies these spatial and temporal
changes. NMFS has determined that the boundaries proposed for requiring
gear modifications year-round in the northeast are supported by the
sightings data obtained from the NARW Sightings Database, which
indicates that right, humpback, and fin whales are commonly observed in
all seasons. Therefore, this preferred alternative would require broad-
based gear modifications on a year-round basis from Maine to the Rhode
Island/Connecticut border (41[deg]18.2' N. and 71[deg]51.5' W.; Watch
Hill, RI), south to 40[deg]00' N., and east to the eastern edge of the
EEZ.
In the Mid-Atlantic, right and humpback whales can be found year-
round, but according to the NARW Sightings Database, sightings
primarily occur between September and May. Fin whales are only present
in the Mid-Atlantic north of Cape Hatteras in the summer. Therefore, in
this preferred alternative, NMFS proposes to require gear modifications
in these waters on a seasonal basis, from September to May, when more
sightings are reported and the risk of entanglement with commercial
fishing gear is greater. Under this preferred alternative, a line drawn
from the Rhode Island/Connecticut border, south to 40[deg]00' N., and
east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, would serve as the northern
boundary for seasonal gear modifications in the Mid-Atlantic and the
South Carolina/Georgia border east to the eastern edge of the EEZ would
serve as the southern boundary. In addition, the southern boundary
would separate Mid-Atlantic waters from the right whale calving grounds
and critical habitat area in the southeast.
During the winter months (November to April), right whales are most
often sighted south of the South Carolina/Georgia border. Humpback
whales are also reported in southeast coastal waters during this time
of year. Stranding data suggest that fin whale calving may occur along
the latitudes of the Mid-Atlantic; however, it is unknown where
calving, mating, and wintering for most of the population takes place
(Hain et al., 1993). In this preferred alternative, NMFS is proposing
seasonal gear modifications from November 15 to April 15 for all ALWTRP
regulated fisheries between the South Carolina/Georgia border and
29[deg]00' N. based on this information in the Southeast Region. From
December 1 to March 31, gear modifications would be required for trap/
pot and Southeast Atlantic gillnet fisheries between 29[deg]00' N. and
27[deg]51' N., and for the Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery between
[[Page 35899]]
29[deg]00' N. and 26[deg]46.5' N. NMFS considers the proposed southern
boundaries appropriate based on the NARW Sighting Database, which
indicates that right whales are rarely sighted south of 29[deg]00' N.
from November 1 to November 15 (n=1) or from April 1 to 15 (n=3). NMFS
will continue to monitor from 27[deg]51' N. to 26[deg]46.5' N. and
south of this area in the event that sightings data warrant the
expansion of management areas.
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan for
Lobster Trap/Pot Gear
Northern Inshore State and Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters, Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area (May 16-December 31), Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, and Great South Channel Restricted Area (Nearshore
Portion)--The current regulations for Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters, Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area, and the Federal
portion of the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area (May 16-December 31)
require one buoy line on trawls of 5 or fewer traps. However, NMFS has
received reports that the current requirement sometimes results in
fishermen splitting their trawls and fishing a greater number of
smaller trawls, which increases the number of buoy lines in the water
if the majority of fishermen are engaging in this practice. Therefore,
for these ALWTRP areas only, this preferred alternative would allow
five-trap trawls to have two buoy lines. Under this preferred
alternative, NMFS would require the use of only one buoy line for
trawls of 4 or fewer traps, and to allow trawls with 5 or more traps to
have two buoy lines (effective six months after publication of a final
rule). As noted previously, NMFS intends to discuss vertical line
issues, including the complex ones such as the number of traps per
trawl, with the ALWTRT after ongoing research is completed in order to
develop a comprehensive approach to reducing entanglement risk
associated with vertical lines.
For Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters and the state portion of
the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area (May 16-December 31) only, this
preferred alternative would eliminate the Lobster Take Reduction
Technology List (i.e., a list of gear modification options) and require
a 600-lb (272.2-kg) weak link on all flotation devices and/or weighted
devices attached to the buoy line (effective 6 months after publication
of a final rule). Weak links are already a requirement in other areas,
such as the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area from January 1 to May 15.
Therefore, this would enable NMFS to utilize weak links as a broad-
based management measure. It is important to note that, while the
strain recorded on buoy systems during load cell testing can indicate
whether a particular weak link breaking strength is appropriate, the
recorded strains alone cannot establish weak link breaking strengths
because breaking strengths must factor in a reasonable measure of
safety to prevent losing gear at sea during the worst conditions. Gear
research has indicated that a 600-lb (272.4-kg) breaking strength weak
link will provide a measure of protection for whales, as well as
maintain gear operations and prevent the loss of gear in this area
(i.e., ghost gear).
This preferred alternative would also lower the weak link breaking
strength on all flotation devices and/or weighted devices attached to
the buoy line in the nearshore portion of the Great South Channel
Restricted Area that overlaps with LMA 2 and the Outer Cape (July 1-
March 31) from 1,500-lb (680.4-kg) to 600-lb (272.2-kg) (effective 6
months after publication of a final rule). All fishermen in the
nearshore portion of the Great South Channel Restricted Area would then
be required to have a 600-lb weak link on all flotation devices and/or
weighted devices attached to the buoy line. This would ensure that
fishermen in nearshore areas (i.e., LMA 2 and the Outer Cape) have the
same weak link requirements.
Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area and Great South Channel Restricted
Area (Offshore Portion)--This preferred alternative would extend the
southern boundary of the Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area by following the
100-fathom (600-ft or 182.9-m) line from 35[deg]30' N. to 27[deg]51' N.
and then extending out to the eastern edge of the EEZ (effective 6
months after publication of a final rule). In addition to the current
requirements, this preferred alternative would lower the maximum
breaking strength of weak links on all flotation devices and/or
weighted devices attached to the buoy line in Offshore Trap/Pot Waters
and the offshore portion of the Great South Channel Restricted Area
that overlaps with the LMA 2/3 overlap and LMA 3 Areas from 2,000 lb
(907.2 kg) to 1,500 lb (680.4 kg) (effective 6 months after publication
of a final rule). Lowering the weak link breaking strength is
appropriate, as testing conducted by the NMFS Gear Research Team and
the offshore lobster industry found that the breaking strength on the
buoy line could be lowered while still allowing the gear to be used
effectively.
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area--This preferred alternative
would extend the southern boundary of the Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area by following the 100-fathom (600-ft or 182.9-m) line from
35[deg]30' N. to 27[deg]51' N. and then extending the boundary inshore
to the coast or exempted areas. The Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
would be defined by Lobster Management Areas 4, 5, and 6 (except for
the exempted areas) north of 35[deg]30' N. and by the 100-fathom (600-
ft or 182.9-m) line west to the coast or exempted areas south of
35[deg]30' N. In addition to the current requirements, this preferred
alternative would implement the regulations currently required in the
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters in the portion of Lobster Management
Area 6 that is neither exempted under the ALWTRP waters (i.e., mouth of
Long Island Sound) nor currently regulated by the ALWTRP (effective 6
months after publication of a final rule).
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan for
Other Trap/Pot Gear
The following trap/pot fisheries (designated as ``Other Trap/Pot
Fisheries'' from this point on) are currently not regulated under the
ALWTRP, but have the potential to entangle large whales: crab (red,
Jonah, rock, and blue), hagfish, finfish (black sea bass, scup, tautog,
cod, haddock, pollock, redfish (ocean perch), and white hake), conch/
whelk, and shrimp. In both preferred alternatives, NMFS proposes to
regulate these trap/pot fisheries under the ALWTRP because they have
the potential to entangle, seriously injure, and kill large whales. For
some of these fisheries, entanglements have been documented. However,
NMFS is soliciting comments to help determine if all appropriate
directed fisheries have been included in the above list (other than
lobster). A complete listing of the species landed using trap/pot gear
is provided as Appendix 4A to Chapter 4 of the DEIS (see ADDRESSES).
Through this proposed rule, these Other Trap/Pot fisheries would be
required to comply with current ALWTRP regulations, including the
universal gear modifications, and would follow the same area
designations and requirements (e.g., weak links, SAM and DAM program
requirements, and Critical Habitat restrictions) currently required and
proposed for the lobster trap/pot fisheries already covered by the
ALWTRP (effective 6 months after publication of a final rule). [The
ALWTRP universal gear modifications
[[Page 35900]]
include: no buoy line floating at the surface, no wet storage of gear
(all gear must be hauled out of the water at least once every 30 days),
and fishermen are encouraged, but not required, to maintain knot-free
buoy lines.] Where applicable, these fisheries would also be regulated
under the ALWTRP within the portion of Lobster Management Area 6 that
is not exempted by the ALWTRP (i.e., mouth of Long Island Sound)
(effective 6 months after publication of a final rule). In addition to
complying with the current ALWTRP requirements, the Other Trap/Pot
Fisheries would be required to comply with the proposed modifications
for the lobster trap/pot fishery specified in this proposed rule
(effective 6 months after publication of a final rule unless otherwise
noted). NMFS proposes that these Other Trap/Pot fisheries are similar
enough in configuration and operation that they should be regulated
similarly, with the exception of the red crab fishery discussed below.
Red crab Trap/Pot Gear: Through this proposed rule, the maximum
weak link breaking strength would be lowered from 3,780-lb (1,714.6-
kg), as currently required in the Final Rule implementing the Red Crab
Fishery Management Plan (67 FR 63221, October 19, 2002), to 2,000-lb
(907.2-kg). Initially, the 3,780-lb (1,714.6-kg) weak link breaking
strength was implemented to be consistent with the original ALWTRP weak
link requirements for the offshore lobster fishery. However, at the
February 2004 ALWTRT meeting, members discussed lowering the weak link
breaking strength for the red crab fishery. Following the meeting, NMFS
worked with red crab fishermen to understand the gear configurations
and operations of this fishery. Based on this research, NMFS proposes
that a 2,000-lb (907.2-kg) weak link be attached to all flotation and/
or weighted devices attached to the buoy line in the red crab fishery
(effective 6 months after publication of a final rule). Accordingly,
the regulatory text found at 50 CFR 648.264(a)(6)(i) regarding weak
link breaking strength for red crab fishing gear would be modified
under this proposed rule to include a cross reference to the ALWTRP
regulations found at Sec. 229.32.
NMFS believes the proposed weak link configurations for the red
crab fishery are appropriate due to the unique operational
characteristics of and human safety concerns associated with the red
crab fishery. The red crab fishery typically operates in offshore
waters at depths in excess of 2,000-ft (609.6-m), thus the gear
deployed to fish in these conditions must be adapted accordingly to
endure the elements. The individual trawls consist of up to 200 traps.
Buoy lines required to set and haul this gear must be able to withstand
significant loads. As a result, the buoy lines use rope that is larger
in both diameter and length, which requires the support of a more
buoyant surface system. Therefore, to prevent buoys from being pulled
underwater by the size and weight of the buoy lines, up to 2,400 lbs
(1,088 kg) of positive buoyancy must be attached to the surface end of
the buoy lines, often with individual buoys having 800-lbs (362.9-kg)
of buoyancy. Moreover, the hydrodynamic force of currents and wave
activity may affect the buoy and, coupled with the buoyancy component,
could increase the load on each buoy significantly above 800-lb (362.9-
kg).
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan for
All Trap/Pot Gear
Broad-based Gear Modifications--As previously noted, most of the
broad-based gear modifications identified in this proposed rule would
become effective 6 months after publication of the final rule except
for the groundline requirement discussed below, which would be phased-
in. In 2008, when the sinking/neutrally buoyant groundline requirement
becomes fully effective, this preferred alternative would eliminate the
SAM and DAM programs. However, until 2008, the Other Trap/Pot Fisheries
that would be added to the ALWTRP would be subject to SAM and DAM
program requirements. NMFS would like public comment on the proposed
gear modifications as well as any variations that would provide
conservation benefits to large whales comparable to the measures
described above. Specifically, NMFS is interested in comments on
whether installing gear modifications are warranted for gear that is
tended and/or actively fished (i.e., gear that is in close proximity to
the vessel and has a maximum soak time).
ALWTRP Regulated Trap/Pot Waters: Due to the proposed addition of
new trap/pot fisheries, ALWTRP-regulated Lobster Waters would be re-
designated as ALWTRP-regulated Trap/Pot Waters to reflect the broader
application of ALWTRP requirements. Accordingly, under the proposed
rule, the term ``lobster trap/pot'' would be replaced with ``trap/pot''
where it appears in the regulations implementing the ALWTRP.
Seasons and Boundaries: Under this proposed rule, an area would be
created bounded on the west by a line running from the Rhode Island/
Connecticut border (41[deg]18.2' N. and 71[deg]51.5' W.; Watch Hill,
RI), south to 40[deg]00' N., and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ.
The gear fished in the area north of this line would be required to
incorporate current and proposed broad-based gear modifications year-
round; the gear fished in the area south of this line to the South
Carolina/Georgia border would require gear modifications from September
to May (effective 6 months after publication of a final rule). Areas
south of the South Carolina/Georgia border would require gear
modifications in the following areas and during the following seasonal
time periods: between the South Carolina/Georgia border and 29[deg]00'
N. from November 15-April 15; between 29[deg]00' N. and 27[deg]51' N.
from December 1-March 31 (effective 6 months after publication).
Sinking/Neutrally Buoyant Groundlines: Under this preferred
alternative, the lobster trap/pot fishery currently regulated by the
ALWTRP, as well as the other trap/pot fisheries to be added through
this proposed rule, would be required to use groundline composed
entirely of sinking and/or neutrally buoyant line in the applicable
areas and time periods beginning in 2008.
Although the broad-based sinking/neutrally buoyant groundline
requirement would not become effective until 2008, NMFS believes that,
in the northeast, the changeover to sinking/neutrally buoyant
groundline will begin prior to 2008 as fishermen replace their
groundline as it naturally wears out. For example, according to a
Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries (MADMF) gear buyback program
survey of fishermen who are representative of the Massachusetts inshore
lobster trawl fleet, this fishery has undergone an estimated 10-percent
reduction in the amount of floating groundline used between 2002 and
2003. The data indicated that 46.7 percent of the fishermen who
responded to the survey (515 out of 1196 surveys sent) do not currently
use floating groundline in their trawls. Fifty-six percent of these
fishermen indicated they have replaced floating groundline within the
last three years.
Based on these results and communication with the inshore lobster
trap/pot industry, MADMF reports the majority of the inshore lobstermen
are switching to sinking/neutrally buoyant groundline (MADMF uses the
term ``negatively buoyant''). Additionally, MADMF is partnering with
other groups on a gear exchange program to provide Massachusetts
commercial lobstermen with financial assistance (through federal grant
monies) to purchase ``negatively buoyant'' groundline to
[[Page 35901]]
reduce the risks of right whales becoming entangled in state coastal
waters. Eligible Massachusetts lobstermen would turn in their old
polypropylene line, which would then be recycled. Lobstermen would then
be issued a voucher that they may use to purchase new ``negatively
buoyant'' line at a participating distributor (fishermen would be
required to pay for a portion of the line).
MADMF expects the switch-over to ``negatively buoyant'' groundline
through this program to occur by spring 2005. The early changeover is
also likely to continue particularly in the northeast as fishermen
respond to gear modifications required by the implementation of SAM and
DAM programs, which require seasonal or temporary use of non-floating
groundline. For example, some fishermen may choose to fish with SAM
and/or DAM compliant gear year round, or at least during the months
when SAM areas are in effect and DAM zones are most likely to be
triggered, rather than having to change their gear over when a SAM area
is effective or remove it when a DAM zone is established. NMFS believes
this situation would occur in other areas too, especially as fishermen
replace their old line with new line, which would begin to provide
increased protection of large whales from entanglement earlier than
2008.
Weak Links: Through this proposed rule, weak links of the
appropriate breaking strength would be required on all flotation
devices and/or weighted devices attached to the buoy line such as
buoys, toggles, and/or leaded lines (effective 6 months after
publication of a final rule) for all current and proposed ALWTRP
regulated areas and fisheries during the time periods when ALWTRP
restrictions apply. The Other Trap/Pot Fisheries to be added to the
ALWTRP under this proposed rule would also be subject to the weak link
requirements. The weak link requirement is specifically designed to
reduce entanglement and serious injury due to entanglements in and
around the mouth and in buoy lines and surface systems. Thus, if a
buoy, toggle, or weighted device is not attached to the buoy line with
a weak link, a buoy line that becomes entangled through the mouth of a
whale may be prevented from passing through the whale's baleen, and may
result in a more complicated entanglement. Adding a weak link to all
devices attached to the buoy line increases the likelihood that a line
sliding through a whale's mouth will break away quickly at the buoy
before the whale begins to thrash and become more entangled.
Changes Proposed for the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan for
Gillnet Gear
Northeast Gillnet Waters--Anchored gillnets: Under both preferred
alternatives, NMFS would require an increase in the number of weak
links per net panel from one 1,100 lb (498.9 kg) to five or more 1,100
lb (498.9 kg) weak links, depending on the length of the net panel, for
anchored gillnets in Northeast Gillnet Waters (effective 6 months after
publication of a final rule). Net panels are typically 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) in length, but the weak link requirement would apply to
all variations in panel size. For example, net panels of 50 fathoms
(300 ft or 91.4 m) or less in length, would be required to have one
weak link in the floatline at the center of the net panel. For net
panels greater than 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m), weak links would be
placed continuously along the floatline separated by a maximum distance
of 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m). For all variations in panel size, the
following weak link requirements would apply: (1) Weak links would be
placed in the center of each of the up and down lines at each end of
each net panel; and (2) one floatline weak link would be placed as
close as possible to each end of the net panel just before the
floatline meets the up and down line. According to Smolowitz & Wiley
(Land Testing of Gillnet Modifications,1998), it is better to place the
weak links within each gillnet section rather than outside the panel at
the bridle. Links that part at the bridle would leave a long section of
net and line, which could still entangle a whale; however, the gillnet
panel webbing without the floatline and leadline is not a very strong
component of the gear and is less likely to cause serious injury or
mortality. NMFS would like public comment on the proposed weak link
configuration as well as any variations that would provide conservation
benefits to large whales comparable to the weak link configuration
described above. Specifically, NMFS is interested in comments on
variations to the location of weak links within each gillnet section.
In addition, all anchored gillnets, regardless of the number of net
panels, would be required to be securely anchored with the holding
power of at least a 22-lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor at each end
of the net string (effective 6 months after publication of a final
rule). Dead weights and heavy leadline would no longer be available as
an optional anchoring system. Anchors with the holding power of a 22-lb
(10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor at each end of the net string would
provide more resistance to allow a whale that becomes entangled to
break the line at the weak links when enough force is exerted. NMFS
believes that this weak link configuration would result in the whale
either breaking entirely free of the gear or swimming away with only a
portion of line or gear attached. When a portion of the gear remains
attached to the whale in this manner, rather than being wrapped around
the whale's body and exacerbating the initial entanglement, it could be
shed more easily by the whale or may be removed through subsequent
disentanglement efforts. NMFS would like public comment on the proposed
configuration as well as any variations that would provide conservation
benefits to large whales comparable to the weak link and anchoring
configuration described above. Specifically, NMFS is interested in
comments on variations to weak link and anchoring configurations for
gillnets set within 300 yards (900 ft or 274.3 m) of the shore.
In the Northeast, since the summer of 2001, the NMFS Gear Research
Team has collected information on gillnet gear fished with five weak
links per net panel, anchored at both ends of the net string with the
holding power of a 22-lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor, and no
floating groundline. This gillnet gear configuration was fished in 15-
net strings in the same manner as unmodified nets in both 12-25 nm
(22.2-46.3 km) and 80-100 nm (148.2-185.2 km) offshore locations. Areas
fished with this gear include the Great South Channel Sliver Area,
Jeffreys Ledge, Cashes Ledge and Platts Bank, the Outer Falls, and the
edge of the Davis Swell. Conditions included extremes in current,
tides, and weather. The above configured nets displayed no problems
other than those consistent with traditionally rigged gillnets in the
Gulf of Maine.
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters--Currently, the ALWTRP regulates
gillnets in the Mid-Atlantic in an area designated as the Mid-Atlantic
Coastal Gillnet Waters Area, but does not regulate the waters between
the Virginia/North Carolina border east of 72[deg]30' W., and off the
coast of South Carolina to the eastern edge of the EEZ to protect large
whales. Under both preferred alternatives, the Mid-Atlantic Coastal
Gillnet Waters Area would be expanded and renamed to include these
currently unregulated waters (which include a component of the U.S.
Mid-Atlantic coastal gillnet fishery and Southeast Atlantic gillnet
fishery). Specifically, gillnet fisheries in the
[[Page 35902]]
waters from 72[deg]30' W., south to the Virginia/North Carolina border,
east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, and south to the South Carolina/
Georgia border would be referred to as Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet
Waters (effective 6 months after publication of a final rule).
Anchored gillnet: An anchored gillnet is defined at 50 CFR 229.2 as
``any gillnet gear, including a sink gillnet or stab net, that is set
anywhere in the water column and which is anchored, secured, or
weighted to the bottom of the sea. Also called a set gillnet.'' Thus,
ALWTRP anchored gillnet regulations include those gillnets that are
weighted to the ocean floor, but do not have an anchor attached on
either end.
The current ALWTRP regulations require anchored gillnet gear to
have all buoys attached to the main buoy line with a weak link having a
maximum breaking strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9 kg), and all
net panels must contain weak links with a maximum breaking strength no
greater than 1,100 lb (498.9 kg) in the middle of each floatline of
each 50 fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net panel or every 25 fathoms (150 ft
or 45.7 m) for longer panels.
Under both preferred alternatives, all gillnets in the Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters must return to port with the vessel or, if
leaving the gear set overnight, contain five or more weak links
depending on the length of the net panel, with a maximum breaking
strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9 kg) for each net panel; have
an 1,100-lb (498.9-kg) weak link on all flotation and/or weighted
devices, including buoys, toggles, and leaded lines attached to the
buoy line; and be anchored at each end with an anchor capable of the
holding power of at least a 22-lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor
(effective 6 months after publication of a final rule). NMFS is
proposing this requirement to reduce entanglements of large whales at
night when gillnet gear is not returned to port with the vessel. NMFS
seeks public comment on the proposed weak link configuration as well as
any variations that would provide conservation benefits to large whales
comparable to the weak link configuration described above.
Specifically, NMFS is interested in comments on variations to the
location of weak links within each gillnet section. In addition, NMFS
is interested in comments on variations to weak link and anchoring
configurations for gillnets set within 300 yards (900 ft or 274.3 m) of
the shore.
Since the spring of 2003, the NMFS Gear Research Team has been
collecting information on gillnet gear being fished with the above
configuration of net panel weak links in the Mid-Atlantic. Load cell
data collected on vessels while hauling gear in the Mid-Atlantic
indicate loads similar to those recorded in New England (approximately
250 to 500 lb (113.4 to 226.8 kg)). In the waters off Maryland and
Virginia, these nets have been fished close to shore as well as between
12 to 15 nautical miles (22.2 to 27.8 km) offshore. The above
configured nets displayed no problems other than those consistent with
traditionally rigged gillnets in the Mid-Atlantic. It is important to
note, while the strain recorded on buoy systems during load cell
testing can indicate whether a particular weak link breaking strength
is appropriate, the recorded strains alone cannot establish weak link
breaking strengths because breaking strengths must factor in a
reasonable measure of safety to prevent losing gear at sea during the
worst conditions.
Drift gillnet: Under this preferred alternative, in Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters, when drift gillnet gear is fished at night
(i.e., tended), all net panels would be required to contain weak links
with a maximum breaking strength no greater than 1,100 lb (498.9 kg) in
the middle of the floatline of each 50-fathom (300 ft or 91.4 m) net
panel, or every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) for longer panels
(effective 6 months after publication of a final rule). ``Tended'' is
defined at 50 CFR 229.2 to